xref: /vim-8.2.3635/src/edit.c (revision 24552bed)
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2  *
3  * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
4  *
5  * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6  * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7  * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8  */
9 
10 /*
11  * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
12  */
13 
14 #include "vim.h"
15 
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
17 /*
18  * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
19  */
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT	0x100
21 
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET	1
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL		2
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE	3
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES		4
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS		(5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS	(6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES	(7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED		8
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY	(9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS	(10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE		11
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION		12
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI		13
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL		14
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG	15	/* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
37 
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
39 
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
41 {
42     N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
43     N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
44     NULL,
45     N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
46     N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
47     N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
48     N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
49     N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
50     NULL,
51     N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
52     N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
53     N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
54     N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
55     N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
56     N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
57     N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
58 };
59 
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
61 
62 /*
63  * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
64  */
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
66 struct Completion
67 {
68     compl_T	*cp_next;
69     compl_T	*cp_prev;
70     char_u	*cp_str;	/* matched text */
71     char_u	*cp_fname;	/* file containing the match */
72     int		cp_flags;	/* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
73     int		cp_number;	/* sequence number */
74 };
75 
76 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT	(1)   /* the original text when the expansion begun */
77 #define FREE_FNAME	(2)
78 
79 /*
80  * All the current matches are stored in a list.
81  * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
82  * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
83  * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
84  * ins_compl_get_exp().
85  */
86 static compl_T    *compl_first_match = NULL;
87 static compl_T    *compl_curr_match = NULL;
88 static compl_T    *compl_shown_match = NULL;
89 
90 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set.  When it's
91  * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
92 static int		    compl_started = FALSE;
93 
94 static int	  compl_matches = 0;
95 static char_u	  *compl_pattern = NULL;
96 static int	  compl_direction = FORWARD;
97 static int	  compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
98 static int	  compl_pending = FALSE;
99 static pos_T	  compl_startpos;
100 static colnr_T	  compl_col = 0;	    /* column where the text starts
101 					     * that is being completed */
102 static int	  save_sm = -1;
103 static char_u	  *compl_orig_text = NULL;  /* text as it was before
104 					     * completion started */
105 static int	  compl_cont_mode = 0;
106 static expand_T	  compl_xp;
107 
108 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
109 static int  has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
110 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
111 static int  ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
112 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
113 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
114 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
115 static void ins_compl_show_pum __ARGS((void));
116 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
117 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
118 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
119 static int  ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
120 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
121 static int  ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
122 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
123 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
124 static int  ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
125 static int  ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
126 static int  quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
127 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
128 
129 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR		    1
130 #define BACKSPACE_WORD		    2
131 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE    3
132 #define BACKSPACE_LINE		    4
133 
134 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
135 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
136 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
137 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
138 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
139 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
140 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
141 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
142 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
143 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
144 static int  spell_bad_len = 0;	/* length of located bad word */
145 #endif
146 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
147 static int  echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
148 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
149 static int  replace_pop __ARGS((void));
150 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
151 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
153 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
154 #endif
155 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
156 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
157 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
158 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
159 #endif
160 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
161 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
162 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
163 static int  ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
164 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
165 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
166 #endif
167 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
168 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
169 #endif
170 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
171 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
172 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
173 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
174 static int  ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
175 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
176 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
177 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
178 #endif
179 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
180 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
181 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
182 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
183 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
184 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
185 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
186 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
187 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
188 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
189 #ifdef FEAT_DND
190 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
191 #endif
192 static int  ins_tab __ARGS((void));
193 static int  ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
194 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
195 static int  ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
196 #endif
197 static int  ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
198 static int  ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
199 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
200 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
201 #endif
202 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
203 
204 static colnr_T	Insstart_textlen;	/* length of line when insert started */
205 static colnr_T	Insstart_blank_vcol;	/* vcol for first inserted blank */
206 
207 static char_u	*last_insert = NULL;	/* the text of the previous insert,
208 					   K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
209 static int	last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
210 static int	new_insert_skip;  /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
211 
212 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
213 static int	can_cindent;		/* may do cindenting on this line */
214 #endif
215 
216 static int	old_indent = 0;		/* for ^^D command in insert mode */
217 
218 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
219 static int	revins_on;		/* reverse insert mode on */
220 static int	revins_chars;		/* how much to skip after edit */
221 static int	revins_legal;		/* was the last char 'legal'? */
222 static int	revins_scol;		/* start column of revins session */
223 #endif
224 
225 static int	ins_need_undo;		/* call u_save() before inserting a
226 					   char.  Set when edit() is called.
227 					   after that arrow_used is used. */
228 
229 static int	did_add_space = FALSE;	/* auto_format() added an extra space
230 					   under the cursor */
231 
232 /*
233  * edit(): Start inserting text.
234  *
235  * "cmdchar" can be:
236  * 'i'	normal insert command
237  * 'a'	normal append command
238  * 'R'	replace command
239  * 'r'	"r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>.  Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
240  *	but still only one <CR> is inserted.  The <Esc> is not used for redo.
241  * 'g'	"gI" command.
242  * 'V'	"gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
243  * 'v'	"gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
244  *
245  * This function is not called recursively.  For CTRL-O commands, it returns
246  * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
247  *
248  * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
249  */
250     int
251 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
252     int		cmdchar;
253     int		startln;	/* if set, insert at start of line */
254     long	count;
255 {
256     int		c = 0;
257     char_u	*ptr;
258     int		lastc;
259     colnr_T	mincol;
260     static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
261     int		i;
262     int		did_backspace = TRUE;	    /* previous char was backspace */
263 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
264     int		line_is_white = FALSE;	    /* line is empty before insert */
265 #endif
266     linenr_T	old_topline = 0;	    /* topline before insertion */
267 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
268     int		old_topfill = -1;
269 #endif
270     int		inserted_space = FALSE;     /* just inserted a space */
271     int		replaceState = REPLACE;
272     int		did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
273     int		nomove = FALSE;		    /* don't move cursor on return */
274 
275     /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
276      * error message */
277     check_for_delay(TRUE);
278 
279 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
280     /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
281     if (sandbox != 0)
282     {
283 	EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
284 	return FALSE;
285     }
286 #endif
287 
288 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
289     ins_compl_clear();	    /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
290 #endif
291 
292 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
293     /*
294      * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands.  Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
295      */
296     if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
297     {
298 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
299 	if (cmdchar == 'R')
300 	    ptr = (char_u *)"r";
301 	else if (cmdchar == 'V')
302 	    ptr = (char_u *)"v";
303 	else
304 	    ptr = (char_u *)"i";
305 	set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
306 # endif
307 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
308     }
309 #endif
310 
311 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
312     /*
313      * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
314      * where the paste started.
315      */
316     if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
317 	Insstart = where_paste_started;
318     else
319 #endif
320     {
321 	Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
322 	if (startln)
323 	    Insstart.col = 0;
324     }
325     Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
326     Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
327     if (!did_ai)
328 	ai_col = 0;
329 
330     if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
331     {
332 	ResetRedobuff();
333 	AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
334 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
335 	if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
336 	{
337 	    /* "gR" or "gr" command */
338 	    AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
339 	    AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
340 	}
341 	else
342 #endif
343 	{
344 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
345 	    if (cmdchar == 'g')		    /* "gI" command */
346 		AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
347 	    else if (cmdchar == 'r')	    /* "r<CR>" command */
348 		count = 1;		    /* insert only one <CR> */
349 	}
350     }
351 
352     if (cmdchar == 'R')
353     {
354 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
355 	if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
356 	{
357 	    beep_flush();
358 	    EMSG(farsi_text_3);	    /* encoded in Farsi */
359 	    State = INSERT;
360 	}
361 	else
362 #endif
363 	State = REPLACE;
364     }
365 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
366     else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
367     {
368 	State = VREPLACE;
369 	replaceState = VREPLACE;
370 	orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
371 	vr_lines_changed = 1;
372     }
373 #endif
374     else
375 	State = INSERT;
376 
377     stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
378 
379     /*
380      * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
381      * on a TAB or special character.
382      */
383     curs_columns(TRUE);
384 
385     /*
386      * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
387      * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
388      * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used.  It is updated
389      * when hitting <Esc>.
390      */
391     if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
392 	State |= LANGMAP;
393 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
394     im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
395 #endif
396 
397 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
398     setmouse();
399 #endif
400 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
401     clear_showcmd();
402 #endif
403 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
404     /* there is no reverse replace mode */
405     revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
406     if (revins_on)
407 	undisplay_dollar();
408     revins_chars = 0;
409     revins_legal = 0;
410     revins_scol = -1;
411 #endif
412 
413     /*
414      * Handle restarting Insert mode.
415      * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
416      * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
417      */
418     if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
419     {
420 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
421 	/*
422 	 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
423 	 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
424 	 */
425 	if (where_paste_started.lnum)
426 	    arrow_used = FALSE;
427 	else
428 #endif
429 	    arrow_used = TRUE;
430 	restart_edit = 0;
431 
432 	/*
433 	 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
434 	 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
435 	 * correct in very rare cases).
436 	 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
437 	 * column.  Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
438 	 */
439 	validate_virtcol();
440 	update_curswant();
441 	if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
442 		    || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
443 		&& *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
444 	{
445 	    if (ptr[1] == NUL)
446 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
447 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
448 	    else if (has_mbyte)
449 	    {
450 		i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
451 		if (ptr[i] == NUL)
452 		    curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
453 	    }
454 #endif
455 	}
456 	ins_at_eol = FALSE;
457     }
458     else
459 	arrow_used = FALSE;
460 
461     /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
462     need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
463 
464     /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
465     ins_need_undo = TRUE;
466 
467 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
468     where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
469 #endif
470 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
471     can_cindent = TRUE;
472 #endif
473 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
474     /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
475      * restarting. */
476     if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
477 	foldOpenCursor();
478 #endif
479 
480     /*
481      * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
482      * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
483      * actually changing anything.  It's put after the mode, if any.
484      */
485     i = 0;
486     if (p_smd)
487 	i = showmode();
488 
489     if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
490 	change_warning(i + 1);
491 
492 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
493     ui_cursor_shape();		/* may show different cursor shape */
494 #endif
495 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
496     do_digraph(-1);		/* clear digraphs */
497 #endif
498 
499 /*
500  * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
501  * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
502  */
503     ptr = get_inserted();
504     if (ptr == NULL)
505 	new_insert_skip = 0;
506     else
507     {
508 	new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
509 	vim_free(ptr);
510     }
511 
512     old_indent = 0;
513 
514     /*
515      * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
516      */
517     for (;;)
518     {
519 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
520 	if (!revins_legal)
521 	    revins_scol = -1;	    /* reset on illegal motions */
522 	else
523 	    revins_legal = 0;
524 #endif
525 	if (arrow_used)	    /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
526 	    count = 0;
527 
528 	if (stop_insert_mode)
529 	{
530 	    /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
531 	    count = 0;
532 	    goto doESCkey;
533 	}
534 
535 	/* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
536 	if (!arrow_used)
537 	    curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
538 
539 	/* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
540 	 * menu invoked a shell command). */
541 	if (stuff_empty())
542 	{
543 	    did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
544 	    if (need_check_timestamps)
545 		check_timestamps(FALSE);
546 	}
547 
548 	/*
549 	 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
550 	 */
551 	msg_scroll = FALSE;
552 
553 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
554 	/* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
555 	 * another window.  "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
556 	 * autocommand. */
557 	if (need_mouse_correct)
558 	    gui_mouse_correct();
559 #endif
560 
561 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
562 	/* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
563 	if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
564 	    foldOpenCursor();
565 	/* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
566 	if (!char_avail())
567 	    foldCheckClose();
568 #endif
569 
570 	/*
571 	 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
572 	 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
573 	 * redraw.
574 	 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
575 	 * something.
576 	 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
577 	 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
578 	 */
579 	if (curbuf->b_mod_set
580 		&& curwin->w_p_wrap
581 		&& !did_backspace
582 		&& curwin->w_topline == old_topline
583 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
584 		&& curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
585 #endif
586 		)
587 	{
588 	    mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
589 	    validate_cursor_col();
590 
591 	    if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
592 		    && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
593 						 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
594 		    && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
595 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
596 			|| curwin->w_topfill > 0
597 #endif
598 		    ))
599 	    {
600 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
601 		if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
602 		    --curwin->w_topfill;
603 		else
604 #endif
605 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
606 		if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
607 		    set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
608 		else
609 #endif
610 		    set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
611 	    }
612 	}
613 
614 	/* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
615 	update_topline();
616 
617 	did_backspace = FALSE;
618 
619 	validate_cursor();		/* may set must_redraw */
620 
621 	/*
622 	 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
623 	 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
624 	 */
625 	ins_redraw();
626 
627 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
628 	if (curwin->w_p_scb)
629 	    do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
630 #endif
631 
632 	update_curswant();
633 	old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
634 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
635 	old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
636 #endif
637 
638 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
639 	dont_scroll = FALSE;		/* allow scrolling here */
640 #endif
641 
642 	/*
643 	 * Get a character for Insert mode.
644 	 */
645 	lastc = c;			/* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
646 	c = safe_vgetc();
647 
648 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
649 	if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
650 	    c = hkmap(c);		/* Hebrew mode mapping */
651 #endif
652 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
653 	if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
654 	    c = fkmap(c);		/* Farsi mode mapping */
655 #endif
656 
657 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
658 	/* When the popup menu is visible cursor keys change the selection. */
659 	if (c == K_UP && pum_visible())
660 	    c = Ctrl_P;
661 	if (c == K_DOWN && pum_visible())
662 	    c = Ctrl_N;
663 
664 	/* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode.  This doesn't do completion, but
665 	 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
666 	if (c != K_IGNORE)
667 	{
668 	    if (ins_compl_prep(c))
669 		continue;
670 	}
671 #endif
672 
673 	/* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
674 	 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
675 	 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor.  */
676 	if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
677 	{
678 	    /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
679 	    ins_redraw();
680 	    ++no_mapping;
681 	    ++allow_keys;
682 	    c = safe_vgetc();
683 	    --no_mapping;
684 	    --allow_keys;
685 	    if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
686 	    {
687 		/* it's something else */
688 		vungetc(c);
689 		c = Ctrl_BSL;
690 	    }
691 	    else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
692 		continue;
693 	    else
694 	    {
695 		if (c == Ctrl_O)
696 		{
697 		    ins_ctrl_o();
698 		    ins_at_eol = FALSE;	/* cursor keeps its column */
699 		    nomove = TRUE;
700 		}
701 		count = 0;
702 		goto doESCkey;
703 	    }
704 	}
705 
706 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
707 	c = do_digraph(c);
708 #endif
709 
710 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
711 	if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
712 	    goto docomplete;
713 #endif
714 	if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
715 	{
716 	    ins_ctrl_v();
717 	    c = Ctrl_V;	/* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
718 	    continue;
719 	}
720 
721 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
722 	if (cindent_on()
723 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
724 		&& ctrl_x_mode == 0
725 # endif
726 	   )
727 	{
728 	    /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
729 	     * inserted.  Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
730 	     * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
731 	     * done before inserting the key. */
732 	    line_is_white = inindent(0);
733 	    if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
734 		goto force_cindent;
735 	    if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
736 							&& stop_arrow() == OK)
737 		do_c_expr_indent();
738 	}
739 #endif
740 
741 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
742 	if (curwin->w_p_rl)
743 	    switch (c)
744 	    {
745 		case K_LEFT:	c = K_RIGHT; break;
746 		case K_S_LEFT:	c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
747 		case K_C_LEFT:	c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
748 		case K_RIGHT:	c = K_LEFT; break;
749 		case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
750 		case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
751 	    }
752 #endif
753 
754 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
755 	/*
756 	 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.  If it
757 	 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
758 	 * characters.
759 	 */
760 	if (ins_start_select(c))
761 	    continue;
762 #endif
763 
764 	/*
765 	 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
766 	 */
767 	switch (c)
768 	{
769 	case ESC:	/* End input mode */
770 	    if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
771 		break;
772 	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
773 
774 	case Ctrl_C:	/* End input mode */
775 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
776 	    if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
777 	    {
778 		/* Close the cmdline window. */
779 		cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
780 		got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
781 		goto doESCkey;
782 	    }
783 #endif
784 
785 #ifdef UNIX
786 do_intr:
787 #endif
788 	    /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
789 	     * Insert mode */
790 	    if (goto_im())
791 	    {
792 		if (got_int)
793 		{
794 		    (void)vgetc();		/* flush all buffers */
795 		    got_int = FALSE;
796 		}
797 		else
798 		    vim_beep();
799 		break;
800 	    }
801 doESCkey:
802 	    /*
803 	     * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
804 	     */
805 	    /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
806 	     * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
807 	    if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
808 		o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
809 
810 	    if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
811 	    {
812 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
813 		if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
814 		    apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
815 							       FALSE, curbuf);
816 #endif
817 		return (c == Ctrl_O);
818 	    }
819 	    continue;
820 
821 	case Ctrl_Z:	/* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
822 	    if (!p_im)
823 		goto normalchar;	/* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
824 	    stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
825 	    c = Ctrl_O;
826 	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
827 
828 	case Ctrl_O:	/* execute one command */
829 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
830 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
831 		goto docomplete;
832 #endif
833 	    if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
834 		break;
835 	    ins_ctrl_o();
836 	    count = 0;
837 	    goto doESCkey;
838 
839 	case K_INS:	/* toggle insert/replace mode */
840 	case K_KINS:
841 	    ins_insert(replaceState);
842 	    break;
843 
844 	case K_SELECT:	/* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
845 	    break;
846 
847 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
848 	case K_SNIFF:	/* Sniff command received */
849 	    stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
850 	    goto doESCkey;
851 #endif
852 
853 	case K_HELP:	/* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
854 	case K_F1:
855 	case K_XF1:
856 	    stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
857 	    if (p_im)
858 		need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
859 	    goto doESCkey;
860 
861 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
862 	case K_F21:	/* NetBeans command */
863 	    ++no_mapping;		/* don't map the next key hits */
864 	    i = safe_vgetc();
865 	    --no_mapping;
866 	    netbeans_keycommand(i);
867 	    break;
868 #endif
869 
870 	case K_ZERO:	/* Insert the previously inserted text. */
871 	case NUL:
872 	case Ctrl_A:
873 	    /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
874 	     * error.  */
875 	    if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
876 						   && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
877 		goto doESCkey;		/* quit insert mode */
878 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
879 	    break;
880 
881 	case Ctrl_R:	/* insert the contents of a register */
882 	    ins_reg();
883 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
884 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
885 	    break;
886 
887 	case Ctrl_G:	/* commands starting with CTRL-G */
888 	    ins_ctrl_g();
889 	    break;
890 
891 	case Ctrl_HAT:	/* switch input mode and/or langmap */
892 	    ins_ctrl_hat();
893 	    break;
894 
895 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
896 	case Ctrl__:	/* switch between languages */
897 	    if (!p_ari)
898 		goto normalchar;
899 	    ins_ctrl_();
900 	    break;
901 #endif
902 
903 	case Ctrl_D:	/* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
904 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
905 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
906 		goto docomplete;
907 #endif
908 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
909 
910 	case Ctrl_T:	/* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
911 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
912 	    if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
913 	    {
914 		if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
915 		    goto docomplete;
916 		break;
917 	    }
918 # endif
919 	    ins_shift(c, lastc);
920 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
921 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
922 	    break;
923 
924 	case K_DEL:	/* delete character under the cursor */
925 	case K_KDEL:
926 	    ins_del();
927 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
928 	    break;
929 
930 	case K_BS:	/* delete character before the cursor */
931 	case Ctrl_H:
932 	    did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
933 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
934 	    break;
935 
936 	case Ctrl_W:	/* delete word before the cursor */
937 	    did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
938 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
939 	    break;
940 
941 	case Ctrl_U:	/* delete all inserted text in current line */
942 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
943 	    /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
944 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
945 		goto docomplete;
946 # endif
947 	    did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
948 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
949 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
950 	    break;
951 
952 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
953 	case K_LEFTMOUSE:   /* mouse keys */
954 	case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
955 	case K_LEFTDRAG:
956 	case K_LEFTRELEASE:
957 	case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
958 	case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
959 	case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
960 	case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
961 	case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
962 	case K_RIGHTDRAG:
963 	case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
964 	case K_X1MOUSE:
965 	case K_X1DRAG:
966 	case K_X1RELEASE:
967 	case K_X2MOUSE:
968 	case K_X2DRAG:
969 	case K_X2RELEASE:
970 	    ins_mouse(c);
971 	    break;
972 
973 	case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
974 	    ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
975 	    break;
976 
977 	case K_MOUSEUP:	/* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
978 	    ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
979 	    break;
980 #endif
981 
982 	case K_IGNORE:	/* Something mapped to nothing */
983 	    break;
984 
985 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
986 	case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
987 	    ins_scroll();
988 	    break;
989 
990 	case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
991 	    ins_horscroll();
992 	    break;
993 #endif
994 
995 	case K_HOME:	/* <Home> */
996 	case K_KHOME:
997 	case K_S_HOME:
998 	case K_C_HOME:
999 	    ins_home(c);
1000 	    break;
1001 
1002 	case K_END:	/* <End> */
1003 	case K_KEND:
1004 	case K_S_END:
1005 	case K_C_END:
1006 	    ins_end(c);
1007 	    break;
1008 
1009 	case K_LEFT:	/* <Left> */
1010 	    if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1011 		ins_s_left();
1012 	    else
1013 		ins_left();
1014 	    break;
1015 
1016 	case K_S_LEFT:	/* <S-Left> */
1017 	case K_C_LEFT:
1018 	    ins_s_left();
1019 	    break;
1020 
1021 	case K_RIGHT:	/* <Right> */
1022 	    if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1023 		ins_s_right();
1024 	    else
1025 		ins_right();
1026 	    break;
1027 
1028 	case K_S_RIGHT:	/* <S-Right> */
1029 	case K_C_RIGHT:
1030 	    ins_s_right();
1031 	    break;
1032 
1033 	case K_UP:	/* <Up> */
1034 	    if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1035 		ins_pageup();
1036 	    else
1037 		ins_up(FALSE);
1038 	    break;
1039 
1040 	case K_S_UP:	/* <S-Up> */
1041 	case K_PAGEUP:
1042 	case K_KPAGEUP:
1043 	    ins_pageup();
1044 	    break;
1045 
1046 	case K_DOWN:	/* <Down> */
1047 	    if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1048 		ins_pagedown();
1049 	    else
1050 		ins_down(FALSE);
1051 	    break;
1052 
1053 	case K_S_DOWN:	/* <S-Down> */
1054 	case K_PAGEDOWN:
1055 	case K_KPAGEDOWN:
1056 	    ins_pagedown();
1057 	    break;
1058 
1059 #ifdef FEAT_DND
1060 	case K_DROP:	/* drag-n-drop event */
1061 	    ins_drop();
1062 	    break;
1063 #endif
1064 
1065 	case K_S_TAB:	/* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
1066 	    c = TAB;
1067 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1068 
1069 	case TAB:	/* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
1070 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1071 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
1072 		goto docomplete;
1073 #endif
1074 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1075 	    if (ins_tab())
1076 		goto normalchar;	/* insert TAB as a normal char */
1077 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1078 	    break;
1079 
1080 	case K_KENTER:	/* <Enter> */
1081 	    c = CAR;
1082 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1083 	case CAR:
1084 	case NL:
1085 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
1086 	    /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
1087 	     * cursor. */
1088 	    if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
1089 	    {
1090 		do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
1091 		break;
1092 	    }
1093 #endif
1094 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
1095 	    if (cmdwin_type != 0)
1096 	    {
1097 		/* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
1098 		cmdwin_result = CAR;
1099 		goto doESCkey;
1100 	    }
1101 #endif
1102 	    if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
1103 		goto doESCkey;	    /* out of memory */
1104 	    auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
1105 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1106 	    break;
1107 
1108 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
1109 	case Ctrl_K:	    /* digraph or keyword completion */
1110 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1111 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
1112 	    {
1113 		if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
1114 		    goto docomplete;
1115 		break;
1116 	    }
1117 # endif
1118 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
1119 	    c = ins_digraph();
1120 	    if (c == NUL)
1121 		break;
1122 # endif
1123 	    goto normalchar;
1124 #endif
1125 
1126 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1127 	case Ctrl_X:	/* Enter CTRL-X mode */
1128 	    ins_ctrl_x();
1129 	    break;
1130 
1131 	case Ctrl_RSB:	/* Tag name completion after ^X */
1132 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
1133 		goto normalchar;
1134 	    goto docomplete;
1135 
1136 	case Ctrl_F:	/* File name completion after ^X */
1137 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
1138 		goto normalchar;
1139 	    goto docomplete;
1140 
1141 	case 's':	/* Spelling completion after ^X */
1142 	case Ctrl_S:
1143 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
1144 		goto normalchar;
1145 	    goto docomplete;
1146 #endif
1147 
1148 	case Ctrl_L:	/* Whole line completion after ^X */
1149 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1150 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
1151 #endif
1152 	    {
1153 		/* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
1154 		if (p_im)
1155 		{
1156 		    if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
1157 			break;
1158 		    goto doESCkey;
1159 		}
1160 		goto normalchar;
1161 	    }
1162 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1163 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1164 
1165 	case Ctrl_P:	/* Do previous/next pattern completion */
1166 	case Ctrl_N:
1167 	    /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
1168 	     * but it is under other ^X modes */
1169 	    if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
1170 		    && ctrl_x_mode != 0
1171 		    && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
1172 		goto normalchar;
1173 
1174 docomplete:
1175 	    if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
1176 		compl_cont_status = 0;
1177 	    break;
1178 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
1179 
1180 	case Ctrl_Y:	/* copy from previous line or scroll down */
1181 	case Ctrl_E:	/* copy from next line	   or scroll up */
1182 	    c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
1183 	    break;
1184 
1185 	  default:
1186 #ifdef UNIX
1187 	    if (c == intr_char)		/* special interrupt char */
1188 		goto do_intr;
1189 #endif
1190 
1191 	    /*
1192 	     * Insert a nomal character.
1193 	     */
1194 normalchar:
1195 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1196 	    /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
1197 	    ins_try_si(c);
1198 #endif
1199 
1200 	    if (c == ' ')
1201 	    {
1202 		inserted_space = TRUE;
1203 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1204 		if (inindent(0))
1205 		    can_cindent = FALSE;
1206 #endif
1207 		if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
1208 			&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
1209 		    Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
1210 	    }
1211 
1212 	    if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
1213 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1214 			/* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
1215 			 * what check_abbr() expects. */
1216 			(has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
1217 #endif
1218 			c))
1219 	    {
1220 		insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
1221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1222 		revins_legal++;
1223 		revins_chars++;
1224 #endif
1225 	    }
1226 
1227 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1228 
1229 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1230 	    /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
1231 	     * closed fold. */
1232 	    foldOpenCursor();
1233 #endif
1234 	    break;
1235 	}   /* end of switch (c) */
1236 
1237 	/* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
1238 	if (arrow_used)
1239 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1240 
1241 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1242 	if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
1243 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1244 		&& ctrl_x_mode == 0
1245 # endif
1246 	   )
1247 	{
1248 force_cindent:
1249 	    /*
1250 	     * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
1251 	     */
1252 	    if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
1253 	    {
1254 		if (stop_arrow() == OK)
1255 		    /* re-indent the current line */
1256 		    do_c_expr_indent();
1257 	    }
1258 	}
1259 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
1260 
1261     }	/* for (;;) */
1262     /* NOTREACHED */
1263 }
1264 
1265 /*
1266  * Redraw for Insert mode.
1267  * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
1268  * option work correctly.
1269  * Only redraw when there are no characters available.  This speeds up
1270  * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
1271  */
1272     static void
1273 ins_redraw()
1274 {
1275     if (!char_avail())
1276     {
1277 	if (must_redraw)
1278 	    update_screen(0);
1279 	else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
1280 	    showmode();		/* clear cmdline and show mode */
1281 	showruler(FALSE);
1282 	setcursor();
1283 	emsg_on_display = FALSE;	/* may remove error message now */
1284     }
1285 }
1286 
1287 /*
1288  * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
1289  */
1290     static void
1291 ins_ctrl_v()
1292 {
1293     int		c;
1294 
1295     /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
1296     ins_redraw();
1297 
1298     if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
1299 	edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
1300     AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);	/* CTRL-V */
1301 
1302 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1303     add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
1304 #endif
1305 
1306     c = get_literal();
1307 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1308     clear_showcmd();
1309 #endif
1310     insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
1311 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1312     revins_chars++;
1313     revins_legal++;
1314 #endif
1315 }
1316 
1317 /*
1318  * Put a character directly onto the screen.  It's not stored in a buffer.
1319  * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
1320  */
1321 static int  pc_status;
1322 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET	0	/* pc_bytes was not set */
1323 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT	1	/* right halve of double-wide char */
1324 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT	2	/* left halve of double-wide char */
1325 #define PC_STATUS_SET	3	/* pc_bytes was filled */
1326 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1327 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
1328 #else
1329 static char_u pc_bytes[2];		/* saved bytes */
1330 #endif
1331 static int  pc_attr;
1332 static int  pc_row;
1333 static int  pc_col;
1334 
1335     void
1336 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
1337     int	    c;
1338     int	    highlight;
1339 {
1340     int	    attr;
1341 
1342     if (ScreenLines != NULL)
1343     {
1344 	update_topline();	/* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
1345 	validate_cursor();
1346 	if (highlight)
1347 	    attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
1348 	else
1349 	    attr = 0;
1350 	pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
1351 	pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
1352 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1353 	pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
1354 #endif
1355 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1356 	if (curwin->w_p_rl)
1357 	{
1358 	    pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
1359 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1360 	    if (has_mbyte)
1361 	    {
1362 		int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
1363 
1364 		if (fix_col != pc_col)
1365 		{
1366 		    screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
1367 		    --curwin->w_wcol;
1368 		    pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
1369 		}
1370 	    }
1371 # endif
1372 	}
1373 	else
1374 #endif
1375 	{
1376 	    pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
1377 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1378 	    if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
1379 		pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
1380 #endif
1381 	}
1382 
1383 	/* save the character to be able to put it back */
1384 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1385 	if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
1386 #endif
1387 	{
1388 	    screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
1389 	    pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
1390 	}
1391 	screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
1392     }
1393 }
1394 
1395 /*
1396  * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
1397  */
1398     void
1399 edit_unputchar()
1400 {
1401     if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
1402     {
1403 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1404 	if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
1405 	    ++curwin->w_wcol;
1406 	if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
1407 	    redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1408 	else
1409 #endif
1410 	    screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
1411     }
1412 }
1413 
1414 /*
1415  * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
1416  * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
1417  */
1418     void
1419 display_dollar(col)
1420     colnr_T	col;
1421 {
1422     colnr_T save_col;
1423 
1424     if (!redrawing())
1425 	return;
1426 
1427     cursor_off();
1428     save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1429     curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
1430 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1431     if (has_mbyte)
1432     {
1433 	char_u *p;
1434 
1435 	/* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
1436 	p = ml_get_curline();
1437 	curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
1438     }
1439 #endif
1440     curs_columns(FALSE);	    /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
1441     if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
1442     {
1443 	edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
1444 	dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
1445     }
1446     curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
1447 }
1448 
1449 /*
1450  * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
1451  * in insert mode.
1452  */
1453     static void
1454 undisplay_dollar()
1455 {
1456     if (dollar_vcol)
1457     {
1458 	dollar_vcol = 0;
1459 	redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1460     }
1461 }
1462 
1463 /*
1464  * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
1465  * Keep the cursor on the same character.
1466  * type == INDENT_INC	increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
1467  * type == INDENT_DEC	decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
1468  * type == INDENT_SET	set indent to "amount"
1469  * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
1470  */
1471     void
1472 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
1473     int		type;
1474     int		amount;
1475     int		round;
1476     int		replaced;	/* replaced character, put on replace stack */
1477 {
1478     int		vcol;
1479     int		last_vcol;
1480     int		insstart_less;		/* reduction for Insstart.col */
1481     int		new_cursor_col;
1482     int		i;
1483     char_u	*ptr;
1484     int		save_p_list;
1485     int		start_col;
1486     colnr_T	vc;
1487 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1488     colnr_T	orig_col = 0;		/* init for GCC */
1489     char_u	*new_line, *orig_line = NULL;	/* init for GCC */
1490 
1491     /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
1492     if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1493     {
1494 	orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());  /* Deal with NULL below */
1495 	orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1496     }
1497 #endif
1498 
1499     /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
1500     save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1501     curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1502     vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
1503     vcol = vc;
1504 
1505     /*
1506      * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
1507      * possible when the cursor is in the indent.  Remember the number of
1508      * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
1509      */
1510     start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1511 
1512     /* determine offset from first non-blank */
1513     new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1514     beginline(BL_WHITE);
1515     new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1516 
1517     insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1518 
1519     /*
1520      * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
1521      * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
1522      */
1523     if (new_cursor_col < 0)
1524 	vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1525 
1526     if (new_cursor_col > 0)	    /* can't fix replace stack */
1527 	start_col = -1;
1528 
1529     /*
1530      * Set the new indent.  The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
1531      */
1532     if (type == INDENT_SET)
1533 	(void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
1534     else
1535     {
1536 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1537 	int	save_State = State;
1538 
1539 	/* Avoid being called recursively. */
1540 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1541 	    State = INSERT;
1542 #endif
1543 	shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
1544 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1545 	State = save_State;
1546 #endif
1547     }
1548     insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1549 
1550     /*
1551      * Try to put cursor on same character.
1552      * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
1553      * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
1554      * non-blank character.
1555      * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
1556      * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
1557      * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
1558      */
1559     if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
1560     {
1561 	/*
1562 	 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
1563 	 * Insstart_col to 0.
1564 	 */
1565 	if (new_cursor_col == 0)
1566 	    insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1567 	new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1568     }
1569     else if (!(State & INSERT))
1570 	new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1571     else
1572     {
1573 	/*
1574 	 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
1575 	 */
1576 	vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1577 	curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
1578 
1579 	/*
1580 	 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
1581 	 */
1582 	vcol = last_vcol = 0;
1583 	new_cursor_col = -1;
1584 	ptr = ml_get_curline();
1585 	while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1586 	{
1587 	    last_vcol = vcol;
1588 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1589 	    if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
1590 		new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
1591 	    else
1592 #endif
1593 		++new_cursor_col;
1594 	    vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
1595 	}
1596 	vcol = last_vcol;
1597 
1598 	/*
1599 	 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
1600 	 * the right screen column.
1601 	 */
1602 	if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1603 	{
1604 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
1605 	    i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
1606 	    ptr = alloc(i + 1);
1607 	    if (ptr != NULL)
1608 	    {
1609 		new_cursor_col += i;
1610 		ptr[i] = NUL;
1611 		while (--i >= 0)
1612 		    ptr[i] = ' ';
1613 		ins_str(ptr);
1614 		vim_free(ptr);
1615 	    }
1616 	}
1617 
1618 	/*
1619 	 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
1620 	 * Insstart_col to 0.
1621 	 */
1622 	insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1623     }
1624 
1625     curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
1626 
1627     if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
1628 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1629     else
1630 	curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
1631     curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
1632     changed_cline_bef_curs();
1633 
1634     /*
1635      * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
1636      */
1637     if (State & INSERT)
1638     {
1639 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
1640 	{
1641 	    if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
1642 		Insstart.col = 0;
1643 	    else
1644 		Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
1645 	}
1646 	if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
1647 	    ai_col = 0;
1648 	else
1649 	    ai_col -= insstart_less;
1650     }
1651 
1652     /*
1653      * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
1654      * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
1655      * few characters from the replace stack.
1656      * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
1657      * few NULs onto the replace stack.
1658      */
1659     if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
1660     {
1661 	while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
1662 	{
1663 	    replace_join(0);	    /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1664 	    --start_col;
1665 	}
1666 	while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
1667 	{
1668 	    replace_push(NUL);
1669 	    if (replaced)
1670 	    {
1671 		replace_push(replaced);
1672 		replaced = NUL;
1673 	    }
1674 	    ++start_col;
1675 	}
1676     }
1677 
1678 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1679     /*
1680      * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack.  In this case
1681      * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
1682      * put it back again the way we wanted it.
1683      */
1684     if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1685     {
1686 	/* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return.  At least we did the job,
1687 	 * even if you can't backspace. */
1688 	if (orig_line == NULL)
1689 	    return;
1690 
1691 	/* Save new line */
1692 	new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1693 	if (new_line == NULL)
1694 	    return;
1695 
1696 	/* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
1697 	new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1698 
1699 	/* Put back original line */
1700 	ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
1701 	curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
1702 
1703 	/* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
1704 	backspace_until_column(0);
1705 
1706 	/* Insert new stuff into line again */
1707 	ins_bytes(new_line);
1708 
1709 	vim_free(new_line);
1710     }
1711 #endif
1712 }
1713 
1714 /*
1715  * Truncate the space at the end of a line.  This is to be used only in an
1716  * insert mode.  It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
1717  * modes.
1718  */
1719     void
1720 truncate_spaces(line)
1721     char_u  *line;
1722 {
1723     int	    i;
1724 
1725     /* find start of trailing white space */
1726     for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
1727     {
1728 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1729 	    replace_join(0);	    /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1730     }
1731     line[i + 1] = NUL;
1732 }
1733 
1734 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1735 	|| defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1736 /*
1737  * Backspace the cursor until the given column.  Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
1738  * modes correctly.  May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
1739  */
1740     void
1741 backspace_until_column(col)
1742     int	    col;
1743 {
1744     while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
1745     {
1746 	curwin->w_cursor.col--;
1747 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1748 	    replace_do_bs();
1749 	else
1750 	    (void)del_char(FALSE);
1751     }
1752 }
1753 #endif
1754 
1755 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1756 /*
1757  * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
1758  */
1759     static void
1760 ins_ctrl_x()
1761 {
1762     /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
1763      * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
1764     if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
1765     {
1766 	/* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
1767 	 * compl_cont_status */
1768 	if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
1769 	    compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
1770 	else
1771 	    compl_cont_status = 0;
1772 	/* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
1773 	ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
1774 	edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
1775 	edit_submode_pre = NULL;
1776 	showmode();
1777     }
1778 }
1779 
1780 /*
1781  * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
1782  */
1783     static int
1784 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
1785     int	    dict_opt;
1786 {
1787     if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
1788 		 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
1789     {
1790 	ctrl_x_mode = 0;
1791 	edit_submode = NULL;
1792 	msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
1793 			  : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
1794 							      hl_attr(HLF_E));
1795 	if (emsg_silent == 0)
1796 	{
1797 	    vim_beep();
1798 	    setcursor();
1799 	    out_flush();
1800 	    ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
1801 	}
1802 	return FALSE;
1803     }
1804     return TRUE;
1805 }
1806 
1807 /*
1808  * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
1809  * This depends on the current mode.
1810  */
1811     int
1812 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
1813     int	    c;
1814 {
1815     /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
1816     if (c == Ctrl_R)
1817 	return TRUE;
1818 
1819     switch (ctrl_x_mode)
1820     {
1821 	case 0:		    /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
1822 	    return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
1823 	case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
1824 	    return (   c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
1825 		    || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
1826 		    || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
1827 		    || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
1828 		    || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
1829 		    || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
1830 	case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
1831 	    return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
1832 	case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
1833 	    return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1834 	case CTRL_X_FILES:
1835 	    return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1836 	case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
1837 	    return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1838 	case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
1839 	    return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1840 	case CTRL_X_TAGS:
1841 	    return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1842 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
1843 	case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
1844 	    return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1845 	case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
1846 	    return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1847 #endif
1848 	case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
1849 	    return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
1850 		    || c == Ctrl_X);
1851 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
1852 	case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
1853 	    return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1854 	case CTRL_X_OMNI:
1855 	    return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1856 #endif
1857 	case CTRL_X_SPELL:
1858 	    return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
1859     }
1860     EMSG(_(e_internal));
1861     return FALSE;
1862 }
1863 
1864 /*
1865  * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
1866  * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
1867  * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
1868  * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
1869  * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
1870  */
1871     int
1872 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
1873     char_u	*str;
1874     int		len;
1875     char_u	*fname;
1876     int		dir;
1877     int		flags;
1878 {
1879     int		has_lower = FALSE;
1880     int		was_letter = FALSE;
1881     int		idx;
1882 
1883     if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
1884     {
1885 	/* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
1886 	/* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
1887 	vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
1888 
1889 	/* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
1890 	for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
1891 	{
1892 	    if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
1893 	    {
1894 		has_lower = TRUE;
1895 		if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
1896 		{
1897 		    /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
1898 		    for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
1899 			IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
1900 		    break;
1901 		}
1902 	    }
1903 	}
1904 
1905 	/*
1906 	 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
1907 	 * upper case.
1908 	 */
1909 	if (!has_lower)
1910 	{
1911 	    for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
1912 	    {
1913 		if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
1914 						      && islower(IObuff[idx]))
1915 		{
1916 		    /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
1917 		    for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
1918 			IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
1919 		    break;
1920 		}
1921 		was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
1922 	    }
1923 	}
1924 
1925 	/* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
1926 	STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
1927 
1928 	return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, flags);
1929     }
1930     return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags);
1931 }
1932 
1933 /*
1934  * Add a match to the list of matches.
1935  * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
1936  * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK.  If there is an error,
1937  * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
1938  *
1939  * New:
1940  * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
1941  * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK.  If there is an error,
1942  * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
1943  */
1944     int
1945 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
1946     char_u	*str;
1947     int		len;
1948     char_u	*fname;
1949     int		dir;
1950     int		flags;
1951 {
1952     compl_T	*match;
1953 
1954     ui_breakcheck();
1955     if (got_int)
1956 	return FAIL;
1957     if (len < 0)
1958 	len = (int)STRLEN(str);
1959 
1960     /*
1961      * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
1962      */
1963     if (compl_first_match != NULL)
1964     {
1965 	match = compl_first_match;
1966 	do
1967 	{
1968 	    if (    !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
1969 		    && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
1970 		    && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
1971 		return NOTDONE;
1972 	    match = match->cp_next;
1973 	} while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
1974     }
1975 
1976     /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
1977     ins_compl_del_pum();
1978 
1979     /*
1980      * Allocate a new match structure.
1981      * Copy the values to the new match structure.
1982      */
1983     match = (compl_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
1984     if (match == NULL)
1985 	return FAIL;
1986     match->cp_number = -1;
1987     if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
1988     {
1989 	match->cp_number = 0;
1990 	match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
1991     }
1992     else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
1993     {
1994 	vim_free(match);
1995 	return FAIL;
1996     }
1997     /* match-fname is:
1998      * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
1999      * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
2000      * - NULL otherwise.	--Acevedo */
2001     if (fname && compl_curr_match && compl_curr_match->cp_fname
2002 	      && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
2003 	match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
2004     else if (fname && (match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
2005 	flags |= FREE_FNAME;
2006     else
2007 	match->cp_fname = NULL;
2008     match->cp_flags = flags;
2009 
2010     /*
2011      * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
2012      */
2013     if (compl_first_match == NULL)
2014 	match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
2015     else if (dir == FORWARD)
2016     {
2017 	match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
2018 	match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
2019     }
2020     else	/* BACKWARD */
2021     {
2022 	match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
2023 	match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
2024     }
2025     if (match->cp_next)
2026 	match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
2027     if (match->cp_prev)
2028 	match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
2029     else	/* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
2030 	compl_first_match = match;
2031     compl_curr_match = match;
2032 
2033     return OK;
2034 }
2035 
2036 /*
2037  * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
2038  * Frees matches[].
2039  */
2040     static void
2041 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
2042     int		num_matches;
2043     char_u	**matches;
2044     int		dir;
2045 {
2046     int		i;
2047     int		add_r = OK;
2048     int		ldir = dir;
2049 
2050     for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
2051 	if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
2052 	    /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
2053 	    ldir = FORWARD;
2054     FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
2055 }
2056 
2057 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
2058  * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
2059  */
2060     static int
2061 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
2062 {
2063     compl_T *match;
2064     int	    count = 0;
2065 
2066     if (compl_first_match != NULL)
2067     {
2068 	/*
2069 	 * Find the end of the list.
2070 	 */
2071 	match = compl_first_match;
2072 	/* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
2073 	while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
2074 	{
2075 	    match = match->cp_next;
2076 	    ++count;
2077 	}
2078 	match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
2079 	compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
2080     }
2081     return count;
2082 }
2083 
2084 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
2085  * popup menu.  It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
2086 static char_u **compl_match_array = NULL;
2087 static int compl_match_arraysize;
2088 
2089 /*
2090  * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
2091  */
2092     static void
2093 ins_compl_upd_pum()
2094 {
2095     int		h;
2096 
2097     if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2098     {
2099 	h = curwin->w_cline_height;
2100 	update_screen(0);
2101 	if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
2102 	    ins_compl_del_pum();
2103     }
2104 }
2105 
2106 /*
2107  * Remove any popup menu.
2108  */
2109     static void
2110 ins_compl_del_pum()
2111 {
2112     if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2113     {
2114 	pum_undisplay();
2115 	vim_free(compl_match_array);
2116 	compl_match_array = NULL;
2117     }
2118 }
2119 
2120 /*
2121  * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
2122  */
2123     static int
2124 pum_wanted()
2125 {
2126     compl_T     *compl;
2127     int		i;
2128 
2129     /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" */
2130     if (*p_cot == NUL)
2131 	return FALSE;
2132 
2133     /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
2134     if (t_colors < 8
2135 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
2136 	    && !gui.in_use
2137 #endif
2138 	    )
2139 	return FALSE;
2140 
2141     /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
2142      * one (ignoring the original text). */
2143     compl = compl_first_match;
2144     i = 0;
2145     do
2146     {
2147 	if (compl == NULL
2148 		      || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
2149 	    break;
2150 	compl = compl->cp_next;
2151     } while (compl != compl_first_match);
2152 
2153     return (i >= 2);
2154 }
2155 
2156 /*
2157  * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
2158  */
2159     static void
2160 ins_compl_show_pum()
2161 {
2162     compl_T     *compl;
2163     int		i;
2164     int		cur = -1;
2165     colnr_T	col;
2166 
2167     if (!pum_wanted())
2168 	return;
2169 
2170     /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
2171     update_screen(0);
2172 
2173     if (compl_match_array == NULL)
2174     {
2175 	/* Need to build the popup menu list. */
2176 	compl_match_arraysize = 0;
2177 	compl = compl_first_match;
2178 	do
2179 	{
2180 	    if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
2181 		++compl_match_arraysize;
2182 	    compl = compl->cp_next;
2183 	} while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2184 	compl_match_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(char_u **)
2185 						    * compl_match_arraysize));
2186 	if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2187 	{
2188 	    i = 0;
2189 	    compl = compl_first_match;
2190 	    do
2191 	    {
2192 		if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
2193 		{
2194 		    if (compl == compl_shown_match)
2195 			cur = i;
2196 		    compl_match_array[i++] = compl->cp_str;
2197 		}
2198 		compl = compl->cp_next;
2199 	    } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2200 	}
2201     }
2202     else
2203     {
2204 	/* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
2205 	i = 0;
2206 	compl = compl_first_match;
2207 	do
2208 	{
2209 	    if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
2210 	    {
2211 		if (compl == compl_shown_match)
2212 		{
2213 		    cur = i;
2214 		    break;
2215 		}
2216 		++i;
2217 	    }
2218 	    compl = compl->cp_next;
2219 	} while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2220     }
2221 
2222     if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2223     {
2224 	/* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
2225 	 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
2226 	col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2227 	curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
2228 	validate_cursor_col();
2229 	pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
2230 		  curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
2231 		  curwin->w_cline_height,
2232 		  curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin));
2233 	curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
2234     }
2235 }
2236 
2237 #define DICT_FIRST	(1)	/* use just first element in "dict" */
2238 #define DICT_EXACT	(2)	/* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
2239 /*
2240  * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
2241  * completions.
2242  */
2243     static void
2244 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
2245     char_u	*dict;
2246     char_u	*pat;
2247     int		dir;
2248     int		flags;
2249     int		thesaurus;
2250 {
2251     char_u	*ptr;
2252     char_u	*buf;
2253     FILE	*fp;
2254     regmatch_T	regmatch;
2255     int		add_r;
2256     char_u	**files;
2257     int		count;
2258     int		i;
2259     int		save_p_scs;
2260 
2261     buf = alloc(LSIZE);
2262     /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
2263     save_p_scs = p_scs;
2264     if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
2265 	p_scs = FALSE;
2266     regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
2267     /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
2268     regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
2269     while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
2270 					    && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
2271     {
2272 	/* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
2273 	if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
2274 	{
2275 	    count = 1;
2276 	    files = &dict;
2277 	}
2278 	else
2279 	{
2280 	    /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
2281 	     * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
2282 	     * a modeline). */
2283 	    copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
2284 	    if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
2285 		    || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
2286 						     EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
2287 		count = 0;
2288 	}
2289 
2290 	for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
2291 	{
2292 	    fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r");  /* open dictionary file */
2293 	    if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2294 	    {
2295 		vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
2296 			      _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
2297 		msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
2298 	    }
2299 
2300 	    if (fp != NULL)
2301 	    {
2302 		/*
2303 		 * Read dictionary file line by line.
2304 		 * Check each line for a match.
2305 		 */
2306 		while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
2307 						&& !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
2308 		{
2309 		    ptr = buf;
2310 		    while (vim_regexec(&regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
2311 		    {
2312 			ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
2313 			ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
2314 			add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
2315 					      (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
2316 							    files[i], dir, 0);
2317 			if (thesaurus)
2318 			{
2319 			    char_u *wstart;
2320 
2321 			    /*
2322 			     * Add the other matches on the line
2323 			     */
2324 			    while (!got_int)
2325 			    {
2326 				/* Find start of the next word.  Skip white
2327 				 * space and punctuation. */
2328 				ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
2329 				if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
2330 				    break;
2331 				wstart = ptr;
2332 
2333 				/* Find end of the word and add it. */
2334 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2335 				if (has_mbyte)
2336 				    /* Japanese words may have characters in
2337 				     * different classes, only separate words
2338 				     * with single-byte non-word characters. */
2339 				    while (*ptr != NUL)
2340 				    {
2341 					int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
2342 
2343 					if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
2344 					    break;
2345 					ptr += l;
2346 				    }
2347 				else
2348 #endif
2349 				    ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
2350 				add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
2351 					(int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
2352 			    }
2353 			}
2354 			if (add_r == OK)
2355 			    /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
2356 			    dir = FORWARD;
2357 			else if (add_r == FAIL)
2358 			    break;
2359 			/* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
2360 			 * of line */
2361 			if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
2362 			    break;
2363 		    }
2364 		    line_breakcheck();
2365 		    ins_compl_check_keys(50);
2366 		}
2367 		fclose(fp);
2368 	    }
2369 	}
2370 	if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2371 	    FreeWild(count, files);
2372 	if (flags)
2373 	    break;
2374     }
2375     p_scs = save_p_scs;
2376     vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
2377     vim_free(buf);
2378 }
2379 
2380 /*
2381  * Find the start of the next word.
2382  * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word.  Also stops at a NUL.
2383  */
2384     char_u *
2385 find_word_start(ptr)
2386     char_u	*ptr;
2387 {
2388 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2389     if (has_mbyte)
2390 	while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
2391 	    ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
2392     else
2393 #endif
2394 	while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
2395 	    ++ptr;
2396     return ptr;
2397 }
2398 
2399 /*
2400  * Find the end of the word.  Assumes it starts inside a word.
2401  * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
2402  */
2403     char_u *
2404 find_word_end(ptr)
2405     char_u	*ptr;
2406 {
2407 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2408     int		start_class;
2409 
2410     if (has_mbyte)
2411     {
2412 	start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
2413 	if (start_class > 1)
2414 	    while (*ptr != NUL)
2415 	    {
2416 		ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
2417 		if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
2418 		    break;
2419 	    }
2420     }
2421     else
2422 #endif
2423 	while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
2424 	    ++ptr;
2425     return ptr;
2426 }
2427 
2428 /*
2429  * Free the list of completions
2430  */
2431     static void
2432 ins_compl_free()
2433 {
2434     compl_T *match;
2435 
2436     vim_free(compl_pattern);
2437     compl_pattern = NULL;
2438 
2439     if (compl_first_match == NULL)
2440 	return;
2441 
2442     ins_compl_del_pum();
2443     pum_clear();
2444 
2445     compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
2446     do
2447     {
2448 	match = compl_curr_match;
2449 	compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
2450 	vim_free(match->cp_str);
2451 	/* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
2452 	if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
2453 	    vim_free(match->cp_fname);
2454 	vim_free(match);
2455     } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
2456     compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
2457 }
2458 
2459     static void
2460 ins_compl_clear()
2461 {
2462     compl_cont_status = 0;
2463     compl_started = FALSE;
2464     compl_matches = 0;
2465     vim_free(compl_pattern);
2466     compl_pattern = NULL;
2467     save_sm = -1;
2468     edit_submode_extra = NULL;
2469 }
2470 
2471 /*
2472  * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
2473  * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
2474  * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
2475  */
2476     static int
2477 ins_compl_prep(c)
2478     int	    c;
2479 {
2480     char_u	*ptr;
2481     int		temp;
2482     int		want_cindent;
2483     int		retval = FALSE;
2484 
2485     /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
2486      * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
2487      */
2488     if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
2489 	edit_submode_extra = NULL;
2490 
2491     /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
2492     if (c == K_SELECT)
2493 	return retval;
2494 
2495     if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
2496     {
2497 	/*
2498 	 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
2499 	 * it will be yet.  Now we decide.
2500 	 */
2501 	switch (c)
2502 	{
2503 	    case Ctrl_E:
2504 	    case Ctrl_Y:
2505 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
2506 		if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2507 		    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
2508 		else
2509 		    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
2510 		edit_submode_pre = NULL;
2511 		showmode();
2512 		break;
2513 	    case Ctrl_L:
2514 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
2515 		break;
2516 	    case Ctrl_F:
2517 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
2518 		break;
2519 	    case Ctrl_K:
2520 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
2521 		break;
2522 	    case Ctrl_R:
2523 		/* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
2524 		break;
2525 	    case Ctrl_T:
2526 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
2527 		break;
2528 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
2529 	    case Ctrl_U:
2530 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
2531 		break;
2532 	    case Ctrl_O:
2533 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
2534 		break;
2535 #endif
2536 	    case 's':
2537 	    case Ctrl_S:
2538 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
2539 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2540 		spell_back_to_badword();
2541 #endif
2542 		break;
2543 	    case Ctrl_RSB:
2544 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
2545 		break;
2546 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2547 	    case Ctrl_I:
2548 	    case K_S_TAB:
2549 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
2550 		break;
2551 	    case Ctrl_D:
2552 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
2553 		break;
2554 #endif
2555 	    case Ctrl_V:
2556 	    case Ctrl_Q:
2557 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
2558 		break;
2559 	    case Ctrl_P:
2560 	    case Ctrl_N:
2561 		/* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
2562 		 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
2563 		 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
2564 		 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
2565 		 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
2566 		 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
2567 		 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode  -- Acevedo */
2568 		if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
2569 		    compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
2570 		else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
2571 		    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
2572 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
2573 	    default:
2574 		/* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
2575 		 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
2576 		 * mode).
2577 		 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
2578 		 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
2579 		 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
2580 		 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
2581 		 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
2582 		 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
2583 		 * mode  -- Acevedo */
2584 		if (c == Ctrl_X)
2585 		{
2586 		    if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
2587 			compl_cont_status = 0;
2588 		    else
2589 			compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
2590 		}
2591 		ctrl_x_mode = 0;
2592 		edit_submode = NULL;
2593 		showmode();
2594 		break;
2595 	}
2596     }
2597     else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
2598     {
2599 	/* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
2600 	if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
2601 	{
2602 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
2603 		ctrl_x_mode = 0;
2604 	    else
2605 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
2606 	    edit_submode = NULL;
2607 	}
2608 	showmode();
2609     }
2610 
2611     if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
2612     {
2613 	/* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
2614 	 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
2615 	 * showing what mode we are in. */
2616 	showmode();
2617 	if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
2618 		|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
2619 	{
2620 	    /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
2621 	     * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode.  Free up
2622 	     * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
2623 	    if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
2624 	    {
2625 		char_u	*p;
2626 
2627 		/*
2628 		 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
2629 		 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
2630 		 * the redo buffer.  We add as few as necessary to delete
2631 		 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
2632 		 */
2633 		ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
2634 		p = compl_orig_text;
2635 		while (*p && *p == *ptr)
2636 		{
2637 		    ++p;
2638 		    ++ptr;
2639 		}
2640 		for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
2641 		    AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
2642 		AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
2643 	    }
2644 
2645 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
2646 	    want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
2647 #endif
2648 	    /*
2649 	     * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
2650 	     * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
2651 	     */
2652 	    if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2653 	    {
2654 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
2655 		/* re-indent the current line */
2656 		if (want_cindent)
2657 		{
2658 		    do_c_expr_indent();
2659 		    want_cindent = FALSE;	/* don't do it again */
2660 		}
2661 #endif
2662 	    }
2663 	    else
2664 	    {
2665 		/* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
2666 		curwin->w_cursor.col--;
2667 		if (stop_arrow() == OK)
2668 		    insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
2669 		curwin->w_cursor.col++;
2670 	    }
2671 
2672 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
2673 
2674 	    /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
2675 	     * the selection without inserting anything. */
2676 	    if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
2677 		retval = TRUE;
2678 
2679 	    ins_compl_free();
2680 	    compl_started = FALSE;
2681 	    compl_matches = 0;
2682 	    msg_clr_cmdline();		/* necessary for "noshowmode" */
2683 	    ctrl_x_mode = 0;
2684 	    if (save_sm >= 0)
2685 		p_sm = save_sm;
2686 	    if (edit_submode != NULL)
2687 	    {
2688 		edit_submode = NULL;
2689 		showmode();
2690 	    }
2691 
2692 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
2693 	    /*
2694 	     * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
2695 	     */
2696 	    if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
2697 		do_c_expr_indent();
2698 #endif
2699 	}
2700     }
2701 
2702     /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
2703      * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
2704     if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
2705     {
2706 	compl_cont_status = 0;
2707 	compl_cont_mode = 0;
2708     }
2709 
2710     return retval;
2711 }
2712 
2713 /*
2714  * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
2715  * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
2716  * buffer (other than curbuf).	curbuf is special, if it is called with
2717  * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
2718  *
2719  * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
2720  */
2721     static buf_T *
2722 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
2723     buf_T	*buf;
2724     int		flag;
2725 {
2726 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2727     static win_T *wp;
2728 #endif
2729 
2730     if (flag == 'w')		/* just windows */
2731     {
2732 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2733 	if (buf == curbuf)	/* first call for this flag/expansion */
2734 	    wp = curwin;
2735 	while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
2736 		&& wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
2737 	    ;
2738 	buf = wp->w_buffer;
2739 #else
2740 	buf = curbuf;
2741 #endif
2742     }
2743     else
2744 	/* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
2745 	 * (unlisted buffers)
2746 	 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
2747 	while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
2748 		&& ((flag == 'U'
2749 			? buf->b_p_bl
2750 			: (!buf->b_p_bl
2751 			    || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
2752 		    || buf->b_scanned
2753 		    || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
2754 			&& ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
2755 	    ;
2756     return buf;
2757 }
2758 
2759 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
2760 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
2761 
2762 /*
2763  * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
2764  * get matches in "matches".
2765  * Return value is number of matches.
2766  */
2767     static int
2768 expand_by_function(type, base, matches)
2769     int		type;	    /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
2770     char_u	*base;
2771     char_u	***matches;
2772 {
2773     list_T      *matchlist;
2774     char_u	*args[2];
2775     listitem_T	*li;
2776     garray_T    ga;
2777     char_u	*p;
2778     char_u	*funcname;
2779     pos_T	pos;
2780 
2781     funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
2782     if (*funcname == NUL)
2783 	return 0;
2784 
2785     /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
2786     args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
2787     args[1] = base;
2788 
2789     pos = curwin->w_cursor;
2790     matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
2791     curwin->w_cursor = pos;	/* restore the cursor position */
2792     if (matchlist == NULL)
2793 	return 0;
2794 
2795     /* Go through the List with matches and put them in an array. */
2796     ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 8);
2797     for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
2798     {
2799 	p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
2800 	if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
2801 	{
2802 	    if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
2803 		break;
2804 	    ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strsave(p);
2805 	    ++ga.ga_len;
2806 	}
2807     }
2808 
2809     list_unref(matchlist);
2810     *matches = (char_u **)ga.ga_data;
2811     return ga.ga_len;
2812 }
2813 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
2814 
2815 /*
2816  * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
2817  * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction dir.
2818  * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
2819  * continue where we stopped searching before.
2820  * This may return before finding all the matches.
2821  * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
2822  */
2823     static int
2824 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
2825     pos_T	*ini;
2826     int		dir;
2827 {
2828     static pos_T	first_match_pos;
2829     static pos_T	last_match_pos;
2830     static char_u	*e_cpt = (char_u *)"";	/* curr. entry in 'complete' */
2831     static int		found_all = FALSE;	/* Found all matches of a
2832 						   certain type. */
2833     static buf_T	*ins_buf = NULL;	/* buffer being scanned */
2834 
2835     pos_T	*pos;
2836     char_u	**matches;
2837     int		save_p_scs;
2838     int		save_p_ws;
2839     int		save_p_ic;
2840     int		i;
2841     int		num_matches;
2842     int		len;
2843     int		found_new_match;
2844     int		type = ctrl_x_mode;
2845     char_u	*ptr;
2846     char_u	*dict = NULL;
2847     int		dict_f = 0;
2848     compl_T	*old_match;
2849 
2850     if (!compl_started)
2851     {
2852 	for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
2853 	    ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
2854 	found_all = FALSE;
2855 	ins_buf = curbuf;
2856 	e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
2857 					    ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
2858 	last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
2859     }
2860 
2861     old_match = compl_curr_match;	/* remember the last current match */
2862     pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
2863     /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
2864     for (;;)
2865     {
2866 	found_new_match = FAIL;
2867 
2868 	/* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
2869 	 * or if found_all says this entry is done.  For ^X^L only use the
2870 	 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
2871 	if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2872 					&& (!compl_started || found_all))
2873 	{
2874 	    found_all = FALSE;
2875 	    while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
2876 		e_cpt++;
2877 	    if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
2878 	    {
2879 		ins_buf = curbuf;
2880 		first_match_pos = *ini;
2881 		/* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
2882 		if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
2883 		    dec(&first_match_pos);
2884 		last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
2885 		type = 0;
2886 	    }
2887 	    else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
2888 		 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
2889 	    {
2890 		/* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
2891 		if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)   /* loaded buffer */
2892 		{
2893 		    compl_started = TRUE;
2894 		    first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
2895 		    first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
2896 		    last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
2897 		    type = 0;
2898 		}
2899 		else	/* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
2900 		{
2901 		    found_all = TRUE;
2902 		    if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
2903 			continue;
2904 		    type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
2905 		    dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
2906 		    dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
2907 		}
2908 		vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
2909 			ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
2910 			    ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
2911 			    : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
2912 				? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
2913 				: (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
2914 		msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
2915 	    }
2916 	    else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
2917 		break;
2918 	    else
2919 	    {
2920 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2921 		    type = -1;
2922 		else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
2923 		{
2924 		    if (*e_cpt == 'k')
2925 			type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
2926 		    else
2927 			type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
2928 		    if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
2929 		    {
2930 			dict = e_cpt;
2931 			dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
2932 		    }
2933 		}
2934 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2935 		else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
2936 		    type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
2937 		else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
2938 		    type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
2939 #endif
2940 		else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
2941 		{
2942 		    type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
2943 		    sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
2944 		    msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
2945 		}
2946 		else
2947 		    type = -1;
2948 
2949 		/* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
2950 		(void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
2951 
2952 		found_all = TRUE;
2953 		if (type == -1)
2954 		    continue;
2955 	    }
2956 	}
2957 
2958 	switch (type)
2959 	{
2960 	case -1:
2961 	    break;
2962 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2963 	case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
2964 	case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
2965 	    find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, dir,
2966 				 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
2967 				 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
2968 				  && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
2969 				 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
2970 				 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
2971 	    break;
2972 #endif
2973 
2974 	case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
2975 	case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
2976 	    ins_compl_dictionaries(
2977 		    dict ? dict
2978 			 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
2979 			     ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
2980 				 ? p_tsr
2981 				 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
2982 			     : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
2983 				 ? p_dict
2984 				 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
2985 			    compl_pattern, dir,
2986 				 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
2987 	    dict = NULL;
2988 	    break;
2989 
2990 	case CTRL_X_TAGS:
2991 	    /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
2992 	    save_p_ic = p_ic;
2993 	    p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
2994 
2995 	    /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches.  Avoids that an enourmous number
2996 	     * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
2997 	    if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
2998 		    TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
2999 		    TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
3000 		    TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
3001 	    {
3002 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
3003 	    }
3004 	    p_ic = save_p_ic;
3005 	    break;
3006 
3007 	case CTRL_X_FILES:
3008 	    if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
3009 				  EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
3010 	    {
3011 
3012 		/* May change home directory back to "~". */
3013 		tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
3014 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
3015 	    }
3016 	    break;
3017 
3018 	case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
3019 	    if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
3020 			(int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
3021 					 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
3022 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
3023 	    break;
3024 
3025 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3026 	case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
3027 	case CTRL_X_OMNI:
3028 	    num_matches = expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern, &matches);
3029 	    if (num_matches > 0)
3030 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
3031 	    break;
3032 #endif
3033 
3034 	case CTRL_X_SPELL:
3035 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3036 	    num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
3037 				 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
3038 	    if (num_matches > 0)
3039 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
3040 #endif
3041 	    break;
3042 
3043 	default:	/* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
3044 	    /*
3045 	     * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
3046 	     */
3047 	    save_p_scs = p_scs;
3048 	    if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
3049 		p_scs = FALSE;
3050 
3051 	    /*	buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
3052 	     *	end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
3053 	     *	buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
3054 	     *	wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
3055 	    save_p_ws = p_ws;
3056 	    if (ins_buf != curbuf)
3057 		p_ws = FALSE;
3058 	    else if (*e_cpt == '.')
3059 		p_ws = TRUE;
3060 	    for (;;)
3061 	    {
3062 		int	flags = 0;
3063 
3064 		/* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
3065 		 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
3066 		if (	ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
3067 			|| (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
3068 		    found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
3069 							    dir, compl_pattern);
3070 		else
3071 		    found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
3072 				 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
3073 								     RE_LAST);
3074 		if (!compl_started)
3075 		{
3076 		    /* set compl_started even on fail */
3077 		    compl_started = TRUE;
3078 		    first_match_pos = *pos;
3079 		    last_match_pos = *pos;
3080 		}
3081 		else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
3082 			 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
3083 		    found_new_match = FAIL;
3084 		if (found_new_match == FAIL)
3085 		{
3086 		    if (ins_buf == curbuf)
3087 			found_all = TRUE;
3088 		    break;
3089 		}
3090 
3091 		/* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
3092 		if (	(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
3093 			&& ini->lnum == pos->lnum
3094 			&& ini->col  == pos->col)
3095 		    continue;
3096 		ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
3097 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3098 		{
3099 		    if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
3100 		    {
3101 			if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
3102 			    continue;
3103 			ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
3104 			if (!p_paste)
3105 			    ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
3106 		    }
3107 		    len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
3108 		}
3109 		else
3110 		{
3111 		    char_u	*tmp_ptr = ptr;
3112 
3113 		    if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
3114 		    {
3115 			tmp_ptr += compl_length;
3116 			/* Skip if already inside a word. */
3117 			if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
3118 			    continue;
3119 			/* Find start of next word. */
3120 			tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
3121 		    }
3122 		    /* Find end of this word. */
3123 		    tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
3124 		    len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
3125 
3126 		    if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
3127 						       && len == compl_length)
3128 		    {
3129 			if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
3130 			{
3131 			    /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
3132 			     * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
3133 			     * IOSIZE is always greater than
3134 			     * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
3135 			     * works -- Acevedo */
3136 			    STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
3137 			    ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
3138 			    tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
3139 			    /* Find start of next word. */
3140 			    tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
3141 			    /* Find end of next word. */
3142 			    tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
3143 			    if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
3144 			    {
3145 				if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
3146 				{
3147 				    if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
3148 					IObuff[len++] = ' ';
3149 				    /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
3150 				    if (p_js
3151 					&& (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
3152 					    || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
3153 								       == NULL
3154 						&& (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
3155 						 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
3156 					IObuff[len++] = ' ';
3157 				}
3158 				/* copy as much as posible of the new word */
3159 				if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
3160 				    tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
3161 				STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
3162 				len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
3163 				flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
3164 			    }
3165 			    IObuff[len] = NUL;
3166 			    ptr = IObuff;
3167 			}
3168 			if (len == compl_length)
3169 			    continue;
3170 		    }
3171 		}
3172 		if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
3173 				 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
3174 						       dir, flags) != NOTDONE)
3175 		{
3176 		    found_new_match = OK;
3177 		    break;
3178 		}
3179 	    }
3180 	    p_scs = save_p_scs;
3181 	    p_ws = save_p_ws;
3182 	}
3183 
3184 	/* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
3185 	 * expansion added somenthing) */
3186 	if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
3187 	    found_new_match = OK;
3188 
3189 	/* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
3190 	 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
3191 	if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3192 						   || found_new_match != FAIL)
3193 	{
3194 	    if (got_int)
3195 		break;
3196 	    if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
3197 		/* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
3198 		ins_compl_check_keys(0);
3199 	    if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3200 							 || compl_interrupted)
3201 		break;
3202 	    compl_started = TRUE;
3203 	}
3204 	else
3205 	{
3206 	    /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
3207 	    if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
3208 		ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
3209 
3210 	    compl_started = FALSE;
3211 	}
3212     }
3213     compl_started = TRUE;
3214 
3215     if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3216 	    && *e_cpt == NUL)		/* Got to end of 'complete' */
3217 	found_new_match = FAIL;
3218 
3219     i = -1;		/* total of matches, unknown */
3220     if (found_new_match == FAIL
3221 	    || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
3222 	i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
3223 
3224     /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
3225      * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
3226      * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
3227     compl_curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
3228     if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
3229 	compl_curr_match = old_match;
3230     return i;
3231 }
3232 
3233 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
3234     static void
3235 ins_compl_delete()
3236 {
3237     int	    i;
3238 
3239     /*
3240      * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
3241      * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
3242      */
3243     i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
3244     backspace_until_column(i);
3245     changed_cline_bef_curs();
3246 }
3247 
3248 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
3249     static void
3250 ins_compl_insert()
3251 {
3252     ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3253 }
3254 
3255 /*
3256  * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
3257  * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
3258  * get more completions.  If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
3259  * are no more completions in a given direction.  The latter case is used when
3260  * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
3261  * through the ones found so far.
3262  * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
3263  *
3264  * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
3265  * compl_shown_match here.
3266  *
3267  * Note that this function may be called recursively once only.  First with
3268  * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
3269  * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
3270  */
3271     static int
3272 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
3273     int	    allow_get_expansion;
3274 {
3275     int	    num_matches = -1;
3276     int	    i;
3277 
3278     if (allow_get_expansion)
3279     {
3280 	/* Delete old text to be replaced */
3281 	ins_compl_delete();
3282     }
3283     compl_pending = FALSE;
3284     if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
3285 	compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
3286     else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
3287 	compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
3288     else
3289     {
3290 	compl_pending = TRUE;
3291 	if (allow_get_expansion)
3292 	{
3293 	    num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos, compl_direction);
3294 	    if (compl_pending)
3295 	    {
3296 		if (compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
3297 		    compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
3298 	    }
3299 	}
3300 	else
3301 	    return -1;
3302     }
3303 
3304     /* Insert the text of the new completion */
3305     ins_compl_insert();
3306 
3307     if (!allow_get_expansion)
3308     {
3309 	/* may undisplay the popup menu first */
3310 	ins_compl_upd_pum();
3311 
3312 	/* Display the current match. */
3313 	update_screen(0);
3314 
3315 	/* display the updated popup menu */
3316 	ins_compl_show_pum();
3317 
3318 	/* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
3319 	 * don't want to match ourselves!  */
3320 	ins_compl_delete();
3321     }
3322 
3323     /*
3324      * Show the file name for the match (if any)
3325      * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
3326      */
3327     if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
3328     {
3329 	STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
3330 	i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
3331 	if (i <= 0)
3332 	    i = 0;
3333 	else
3334 	    STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
3335 	STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
3336 	msg(IObuff);
3337 	redraw_cmdline = FALSE;	    /* don't overwrite! */
3338     }
3339 
3340     return num_matches;
3341 }
3342 
3343 /*
3344  * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
3345  * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
3346  * mode.  Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
3347  * possible. -- webb
3348  * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
3349  */
3350     void
3351 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
3352     int		frequency;
3353 {
3354     static int	count = 0;
3355 
3356     int	    c;
3357 
3358     /* Don't check when reading keys from a script.  That would break the test
3359      * scripts */
3360     if (using_script())
3361 	return;
3362 
3363     /* Only do this at regular intervals */
3364     if (++count < frequency)
3365 	return;
3366     count = 0;
3367 
3368     ++no_mapping;
3369     c = vpeekc_any();
3370     --no_mapping;
3371     if (c != NUL)
3372     {
3373 	if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
3374 	{
3375 	    c = safe_vgetc();	/* Eat the character */
3376 	    if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
3377 		compl_shows_dir = BACKWARD;
3378 	    else
3379 		compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
3380 	    (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
3381 	}
3382 	else if (c != Ctrl_R)
3383 	    compl_interrupted = TRUE;
3384     }
3385     if (compl_pending && !got_int)
3386 	(void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
3387 }
3388 
3389 /*
3390  * Do Insert mode completion.
3391  * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
3392  * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
3393  */
3394     static int
3395 ins_complete(c)
3396     int		c;
3397 {
3398     char_u	*line;
3399     int		startcol = 0;	    /* column where searched text starts */
3400     colnr_T	curs_col;	    /* cursor column */
3401     int		n;
3402 
3403     if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
3404 	compl_direction = BACKWARD;
3405     else
3406 	compl_direction = FORWARD;
3407     if (!compl_started)
3408     {
3409 	/* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
3410 
3411 	/* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
3412 	save_sm = p_sm;
3413 	p_sm = FALSE;
3414 
3415 	did_ai = FALSE;
3416 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
3417 	did_si = FALSE;
3418 	can_si = FALSE;
3419 	can_si_back = FALSE;
3420 #endif
3421 	if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
3422 	    return FAIL;
3423 
3424 	line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
3425 	curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
3426 
3427 	/* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
3428 	 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
3429 	 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
3430 	 * "compl_startpos"
3431 	 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
3432 	 * been split because it was longer than 'tw').  if SOL is set then
3433 	 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
3434 	 * been inserted, we'll look for that  -- Acevedo. */
3435 	if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
3436 	{
3437 	    /*
3438 	     * it is a continued search
3439 	     */
3440 	    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT;	/* remove INTRPT */
3441 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
3442 					|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
3443 	    {
3444 		if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
3445 		{
3446 		    /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
3447 		     * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
3448 		     * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
3449 		     * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
3450 		    compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
3451 		    compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
3452 		    compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
3453 		    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;   /* clear SOL if present */
3454 		}
3455 		else
3456 		{
3457 		    /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
3458 		     * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
3459 		     * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
3460 		    if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
3461 		    {
3462 			compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
3463 			compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
3464 						line + compl_length
3465 						+ compl_startpos.col) - line);
3466 		    }
3467 		    compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
3468 		}
3469 		compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
3470 		/* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
3471 		 * have enough space?  just being paranoic */
3472 #define	MIN_SPACE 75
3473 		if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
3474 		{
3475 		    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
3476 		    compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
3477 		    compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
3478 		}
3479 		compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
3480 		if (compl_length < 1)
3481 		    compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
3482 	    }
3483 	    else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3484 		compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
3485 	    else
3486 		compl_cont_status = 0;
3487 	}
3488 	else
3489 	    compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
3490 
3491 	if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))	/* normal expansion */
3492 	{
3493 	    compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
3494 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)	/* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
3495 		compl_cont_status = 0;
3496 	    compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
3497 	    compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
3498 	    startcol = (int)curs_col;
3499 	    compl_col = 0;
3500 	}
3501 
3502 	/* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
3503 	if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
3504 	{
3505 	    if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
3506 		    || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
3507 	    {
3508 		if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
3509 		{
3510 		    while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
3511 			;
3512 		    compl_col += ++startcol;
3513 		    compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
3514 		}
3515 		if (p_ic)
3516 		    compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
3517 						       compl_length, NULL, 0);
3518 		else
3519 		    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
3520 								compl_length);
3521 		if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3522 		    return FAIL;
3523 	    }
3524 	    else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
3525 	    {
3526 		char_u	    *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
3527 
3528 		/* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
3529 		 * 2 >= strlen(prefix)	-- Acevedo */
3530 		compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
3531 							   compl_length) + 3);
3532 		if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3533 		    return FAIL;
3534 		if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
3535 			|| (compl_col > 0
3536 			    && (
3537 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3538 				vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
3539 #else
3540 				vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
3541 #endif
3542 				)))
3543 		    prefix = (char_u *)"";
3544 		STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
3545 		(void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
3546 					      line + compl_col, compl_length);
3547 	    }
3548 	    else if (--startcol < 0 ||
3549 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3550 			   !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
3551 #else
3552 			   !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
3553 #endif
3554 		    )
3555 	    {
3556 		/* Match any word of at least two chars */
3557 		compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
3558 		if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3559 		    return FAIL;
3560 		compl_col += curs_col;
3561 		compl_length = 0;
3562 	    }
3563 	    else
3564 	    {
3565 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3566 		/* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
3567 		 * or not a word single byte character backward.  */
3568 		if (has_mbyte)
3569 		{
3570 		    int base_class;
3571 		    int head_off;
3572 
3573 		    startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
3574 		    base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
3575 		    while (--startcol >= 0)
3576 		    {
3577 			head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
3578 			if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
3579 								  - head_off))
3580 			    break;
3581 			startcol -= head_off;
3582 		    }
3583 		}
3584 		else
3585 #endif
3586 		    while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
3587 			;
3588 		compl_col += ++startcol;
3589 		compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
3590 		if (compl_length == 1)
3591 		{
3592 		    /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
3593 		     * there's no need to call quote_meta,
3594 		     * alloc(7) is enough  -- Acevedo
3595 		     */
3596 		    compl_pattern = alloc(7);
3597 		    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3598 			return FAIL;
3599 		    STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
3600 		    (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
3601 		    STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
3602 		}
3603 		else
3604 		{
3605 		    compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
3606 							   compl_length) + 3);
3607 		    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3608 			return FAIL;
3609 		    STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
3610 		    (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
3611 								compl_length);
3612 		}
3613 	    }
3614 	}
3615 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3616 	{
3617 	    compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
3618 	    compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
3619 	    if (compl_length < 0)	/* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
3620 		compl_length = 0;
3621 	    if (p_ic)
3622 		compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
3623 								     NULL, 0);
3624 	    else
3625 		compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
3626 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3627 		return FAIL;
3628 	}
3629 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
3630 	{
3631 	    while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
3632 		;
3633 	    compl_col += ++startcol;
3634 	    compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
3635 	    compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
3636 								EXPAND_FILES);
3637 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3638 		return FAIL;
3639 	}
3640 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
3641 	{
3642 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
3643 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3644 		return FAIL;
3645 	    set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
3646 				     (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
3647 	    if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
3648 		    || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
3649 		return FAIL;
3650 	    startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
3651 	    compl_col = startcol;
3652 	    compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
3653 	}
3654 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
3655 	{
3656 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3657 	    /*
3658 	     * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
3659 	     * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
3660 	     */
3661 	    char_u	*args[2];
3662 	    int		col;
3663 	    char_u	*funcname;
3664 	    pos_T	pos;
3665 
3666 	    /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
3667 	     * string */
3668 	    funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
3669 					  ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
3670 	    if (*funcname == NUL)
3671 	    {
3672 		EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
3673 					     ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
3674 		return FAIL;
3675 	    }
3676 
3677 	    args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
3678 	    args[1] = NULL;
3679 	    pos = curwin->w_cursor;
3680 	    col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
3681 	    curwin->w_cursor = pos;	/* restore the cursor position */
3682 
3683 	    if (col < 0)
3684 		col = curs_col;
3685 	    compl_col = col;
3686 	    if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
3687 		compl_col = curs_col;
3688 
3689 	    /* Setup variables for completion.  Need to obtain "line" again,
3690 	     * it may have become invalid. */
3691 	    line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
3692 	    compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
3693 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
3694 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3695 #endif
3696 		return FAIL;
3697 	}
3698 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
3699 	{
3700 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3701 	    if (spell_bad_len > 0)
3702 		compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
3703 	    else
3704 		compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
3705 	    if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
3706 		return FAIL;
3707 	    spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
3708 	    compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
3709 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
3710 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
3711 #endif
3712 		return FAIL;
3713 	}
3714 	else
3715 	{
3716 	    EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
3717 	    return FAIL;
3718 	}
3719 
3720 	if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
3721 	{
3722 	    edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
3723 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3724 	    {
3725 		/* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
3726 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
3727 		char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
3728 
3729 		curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
3730 #endif
3731 		compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
3732 		compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
3733 		ins_eol('\r');
3734 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
3735 		curbuf->b_p_com = old;
3736 #endif
3737 		compl_length = 0;
3738 		compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
3739 	    }
3740 	}
3741 	else
3742 	{
3743 	    edit_submode_pre = NULL;
3744 	    compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
3745 	}
3746 
3747 	if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
3748 	    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
3749 	else
3750 	    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
3751 
3752 	/* Always add completion for the original text.  Note that
3753 	 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
3754 	 * when the list of matches is freed. */
3755 	compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
3756 	if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
3757 					    -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
3758 	{
3759 	    vim_free(compl_pattern);
3760 	    compl_pattern = NULL;
3761 	    vim_free(compl_orig_text);
3762 	    compl_orig_text = NULL;
3763 	    return FAIL;
3764 	}
3765 
3766 	/* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
3767 	 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
3768 	 * longer needed.  -- Acevedo.
3769 	 */
3770 	edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
3771 	edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
3772 	showmode();
3773 	edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3774 	out_flush();
3775     }
3776 
3777     compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
3778     compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
3779 
3780     /*
3781      * Find next match.
3782      */
3783     n = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
3784 
3785     /* may undisplay the popup menu */
3786     ins_compl_upd_pum();
3787 
3788     if (n > 1)		/* all matches have been found */
3789 	compl_matches = n;
3790     compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
3791     compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
3792     compl_interrupted = FALSE;
3793 
3794     /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
3795     if (got_int && !global_busy)
3796     {
3797 	(void)vgetc();
3798 	got_int = FALSE;
3799     }
3800 
3801     /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
3802     if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
3803     {
3804 	edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
3805 			&& compl_length > 1
3806 			     ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
3807 	edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
3808 	/* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
3809 	 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
3810 	 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
3811 	 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already.  -- Acevedo */
3812 	if (	   compl_length > 1
3813 		|| (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
3814 		|| (ctrl_x_mode != 0
3815 		    && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
3816 		    && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
3817 	    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
3818     }
3819 
3820     if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
3821 	compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
3822     else
3823 	compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
3824 
3825     if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
3826     {
3827 	if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
3828 	{
3829 	    edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
3830 	    edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
3831 	}
3832 	else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
3833 	{
3834 	    edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
3835 	    edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
3836 	}
3837 	else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
3838 	{
3839 	    edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
3840 	    edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
3841 	}
3842 	else
3843 	{
3844 	    /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
3845 	    if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
3846 	    {
3847 		int		number = 0;
3848 		compl_T		*match;
3849 
3850 		if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
3851 		{
3852 		    /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
3853 		     * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
3854 		     * cycle, so it's fast! */
3855 		    for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
3856 			    && match != compl_first_match;
3857 						       match = match->cp_prev)
3858 			if (match->cp_number != -1)
3859 			{
3860 			    number = match->cp_number;
3861 			    break;
3862 			}
3863 		    if (match != NULL)
3864 			/* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
3865 			 * yet */
3866 			for (match = match->cp_next;
3867 				match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
3868 						       match = match->cp_next)
3869 			    match->cp_number = ++number;
3870 		}
3871 		else /* BACKWARD */
3872 		{
3873 		    /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
3874 		     * number.  This should normally succeed already at the
3875 		     * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
3876 		    for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
3877 			    && match != compl_first_match;
3878 						       match = match->cp_next)
3879 			if (match->cp_number != -1)
3880 			{
3881 			    number = match->cp_number;
3882 			    break;
3883 			}
3884 		    if (match != NULL)
3885 			/* go down and assign all numbers which are not
3886 			 * assigned yet */
3887 			for (match = match->cp_prev; match
3888 				&& match->cp_number == -1;
3889 						       match = match->cp_prev)
3890 			    match->cp_number = ++number;
3891 		}
3892 	    }
3893 
3894 	    /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
3895 	     * just a safety check. */
3896 	    if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
3897 	    {
3898 		/* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
3899 		static char_u match_ref[31];
3900 
3901 		if (compl_matches > 0)
3902 		    sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
3903 				compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
3904 		else
3905 		    sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
3906 						 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
3907 		vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
3908 		edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
3909 		edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
3910 		if (dollar_vcol)
3911 		    curs_columns(FALSE);
3912 	    }
3913 	}
3914     }
3915 
3916     /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
3917     showmode();
3918     if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
3919     {
3920 	if (!p_smd)
3921 	    msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
3922 		    edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
3923 		    ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
3924     }
3925     else
3926 	msg_clr_cmdline();	/* necessary for "noshowmode" */
3927 
3928     ins_compl_show_pum();
3929 
3930     return OK;
3931 }
3932 
3933 /*
3934  * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
3935  * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
3936  * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
3937  * Returns the length (needed) of dest
3938  */
3939     static int
3940 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
3941     char_u	*dest;
3942     char_u	*src;
3943     int		len;
3944 {
3945     int	m;
3946 
3947     for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
3948     {
3949 	switch (*src)
3950 	{
3951 	    case '.':
3952 	    case '*':
3953 	    case '[':
3954 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
3955 					   || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
3956 		    break;
3957 	    case '~':
3958 		if (!p_magic)	/* quote these only if magic is set */
3959 		    break;
3960 	    case '\\':
3961 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
3962 					   || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
3963 		    break;
3964 	    case '^':		/* currently it's not needed. */
3965 	    case '$':
3966 		m++;
3967 		if (dest != NULL)
3968 		    *dest++ = '\\';
3969 		break;
3970 	}
3971 	if (dest != NULL)
3972 	    *dest++ = *src;
3973 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3974 	/* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
3975 	if (has_mbyte)
3976 	{
3977 	    int i, mb_len;
3978 
3979 	    mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
3980 	    if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
3981 		for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
3982 		{
3983 		    --len;
3984 		    ++src;
3985 		    if (dest != NULL)
3986 			*dest++ = *src;
3987 		}
3988 	}
3989 # endif
3990     }
3991     if (dest != NULL)
3992 	*dest = NUL;
3993 
3994     return m;
3995 }
3996 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
3997 
3998 /*
3999  * Next character is interpreted literally.
4000  * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
4001  * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
4002  * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
4003  */
4004     int
4005 get_literal()
4006 {
4007     int		cc;
4008     int		nc;
4009     int		i;
4010     int		hex = FALSE;
4011     int		octal = FALSE;
4012 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4013     int		unicode = 0;
4014 #endif
4015 
4016     if (got_int)
4017 	return Ctrl_C;
4018 
4019 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4020     /*
4021      * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
4022      * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead.	This would
4023      * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
4024      * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
4025      */
4026     if (gui.in_use)
4027 	++allow_keys;
4028 #endif
4029 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
4030     dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
4031 #endif
4032     ++no_mapping;		/* don't map the next key hits */
4033     cc = 0;
4034     i = 0;
4035     for (;;)
4036     {
4037 	do
4038 	    nc = safe_vgetc();
4039 	while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
4040 						    || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
4041 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
4042 	if (!(State & CMDLINE)
4043 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4044 		&& MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
4045 # endif
4046 	   )
4047 	    add_to_showcmd(nc);
4048 #endif
4049 	if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
4050 	    hex = TRUE;
4051 	else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
4052 	    octal = TRUE;
4053 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4054 	else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
4055 	    unicode = nc;
4056 #endif
4057 	else
4058 	{
4059 	    if (hex
4060 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4061 		    || unicode != 0
4062 #endif
4063 		    )
4064 	    {
4065 		if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
4066 		    break;
4067 		cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
4068 	    }
4069 	    else if (octal)
4070 	    {
4071 		if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
4072 		    break;
4073 		cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
4074 	    }
4075 	    else
4076 	    {
4077 		if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
4078 		    break;
4079 		cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
4080 	    }
4081 
4082 	    ++i;
4083 	}
4084 
4085 	if (cc > 255
4086 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4087 		&& unicode == 0
4088 #endif
4089 		)
4090 	    cc = 255;		/* limit range to 0-255 */
4091 	nc = 0;
4092 
4093 	if (hex)		/* hex: up to two chars */
4094 	{
4095 	    if (i >= 2)
4096 		break;
4097 	}
4098 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4099 	else if (unicode)	/* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
4100 	{
4101 	    if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
4102 		break;
4103 	}
4104 #endif
4105 	else if (i >= 3)	/* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
4106 	    break;
4107     }
4108     if (i == 0)	    /* no number entered */
4109     {
4110 	if (nc == K_ZERO)   /* NUL is stored as NL */
4111 	{
4112 	    cc = '\n';
4113 	    nc = 0;
4114 	}
4115 	else
4116 	{
4117 	    cc = nc;
4118 	    nc = 0;
4119 	}
4120     }
4121 
4122     if (cc == 0)	/* NUL is stored as NL */
4123 	cc = '\n';
4124 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4125     if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
4126 	cc = '?';	/* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
4127 			   second byte will cause trouble! */
4128 #endif
4129 
4130     --no_mapping;
4131 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4132     if (gui.in_use)
4133 	--allow_keys;
4134 #endif
4135     if (nc)
4136 	vungetc(nc);
4137     got_int = FALSE;	    /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
4138     return cc;
4139 }
4140 
4141 /*
4142  * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
4143  */
4144     static void
4145 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
4146     int	    c;
4147     int	    allow_modmask;
4148     int	    ctrlv;	    /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
4149 {
4150     char_u  *p;
4151     int	    len;
4152 
4153     /*
4154      * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
4155      * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
4156      * mode.
4157      * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
4158      * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
4159      */
4160 #ifdef MACOS
4161     /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
4162     if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
4163 	allow_modmask = TRUE;
4164 #endif
4165     if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
4166     {
4167 	p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
4168 	len = (int)STRLEN(p);
4169 	c = p[len - 1];
4170 	if (len > 2)
4171 	{
4172 	    if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
4173 		return;
4174 	    p[len - 1] = NUL;
4175 	    ins_str(p);
4176 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
4177 	    ctrlv = FALSE;
4178 	}
4179     }
4180     if (stop_arrow() == OK)
4181 	insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
4182 }
4183 
4184 /*
4185  * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
4186  * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
4187  * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
4188  * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
4189  * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
4190  * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
4191  * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
4192  */
4193 #ifdef EBCDIC
4194 # define ISSPECIAL(c)	((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
4195 #else
4196 # define ISSPECIAL(c)	((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
4197 #endif
4198 
4199 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4200 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
4201 #else
4202 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
4203 #endif
4204 
4205     void
4206 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
4207     int		c;			/* character to insert or NUL */
4208     int		flags;			/* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
4209     int		second_indent;		/* indent for second line if >= 0 */
4210 {
4211     int		haveto_redraw = FALSE;
4212     int		textwidth;
4213 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4214     colnr_T	leader_len;
4215     char_u	*p;
4216     int		no_leader = FALSE;
4217     int		do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
4218 #endif
4219     int		fo_white_par;
4220     int		first_line = TRUE;
4221     int		fo_ins_blank;
4222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4223     int		fo_multibyte;
4224 #endif
4225     int		save_char = NUL;
4226     int		cc;
4227 
4228     textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
4229     fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
4230 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4231     fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
4232 #endif
4233     fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
4234 
4235     /*
4236      * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
4237      * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
4238      * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
4239      *   ends in white space.
4240      * - Otherwise:
4241      *	 - Don't do this if inserting a blank
4242      *	 - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
4243      *	   we're in VREPLACE mode.
4244      *	 - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
4245      *	 or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
4246      *	       before the insert.
4247      *	    - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
4248      *	      before 'textwidth'
4249      */
4250     if (textwidth
4251 	    && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
4252 		|| (!vim_iswhite(c)
4253 		    && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
4254 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4255 			&& !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
4256 #endif
4257 			&& *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
4258 		    && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
4259 			|| ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
4260 				|| Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
4261 			    && (!fo_ins_blank
4262 				|| Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
4263 			    ))))))
4264     {
4265 	/*
4266 	 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
4267 	 * deleted.  Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
4268 	 */
4269 	if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
4270 	{
4271 	    cc = gchar_cursor();
4272 	    if (vim_iswhite(cc))
4273 	    {
4274 		save_char = cc;
4275 		pchar_cursor('x');
4276 	    }
4277 	}
4278 
4279 	/*
4280 	 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
4281 	 */
4282 	while (!got_int)
4283 	{
4284 	    int		startcol;		/* Cursor column at entry */
4285 	    int		wantcol;		/* column at textwidth border */
4286 	    int		foundcol;		/* column for start of spaces */
4287 	    int		end_foundcol = 0;	/* column for start of word */
4288 	    colnr_T	len;
4289 	    colnr_T	virtcol;
4290 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4291 	    int		orig_col = 0;
4292 	    char_u	*saved_text = NULL;
4293 #endif
4294 	    colnr_T	col;
4295 
4296 	    virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
4297 	    if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
4298 		break;
4299 
4300 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4301 	    if (no_leader)
4302 		do_comments = FALSE;
4303 	    else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
4304 					   && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
4305 		do_comments = TRUE;
4306 
4307 	    /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
4308 	    if (do_comments)
4309 		leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
4310 	    else
4311 		leader_len = 0;
4312 
4313 	    /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
4314 	     * start one in a following broken line.  Avoids that a %word
4315 	     * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
4316 	     * to start with %. */
4317 	    if (leader_len == 0)
4318 		no_leader = TRUE;
4319 #endif
4320 	    if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
4321 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4322 		    && leader_len == 0
4323 #endif
4324 		    && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
4325 
4326 	    {
4327 		textwidth = 0;
4328 		break;
4329 	    }
4330 	    if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
4331 		break;
4332 
4333 	    /* find column of textwidth border */
4334 	    coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
4335 	    wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4336 
4337 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
4338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4339 	    /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
4340 	    if (has_mbyte)
4341 		mb_adjust_cursor();
4342 #endif
4343 	    foundcol = 0;
4344 
4345 	    /*
4346 	     * Find position to break at.
4347 	     * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
4348 	     */
4349 	    while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
4350 			|| curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
4351 			|| curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
4352 	    {
4353 		cc = gchar_cursor();
4354 		if (WHITECHAR(cc))
4355 		{
4356 		    /* remember position of blank just before text */
4357 		    end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4358 
4359 		    /* find start of sequence of blanks */
4360 		    while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
4361 		    {
4362 			dec_cursor();
4363 			cc = gchar_cursor();
4364 		    }
4365 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
4366 			break;		/* only spaces in front of text */
4367 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4368 		    /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
4369 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
4370 			break;
4371 #endif
4372 		    if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
4373 		    {
4374 			/* do not break after one-letter words */
4375 			if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
4376 			    break;	/* one-letter word at begin */
4377 
4378 			col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4379 			dec_cursor();
4380 			cc = gchar_cursor();
4381 
4382 			if (WHITECHAR(cc))
4383 			    continue;	/* one-letter, continue */
4384 			curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
4385 		    }
4386 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4387 		    if (has_mbyte)
4388 			foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
4389 					     + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
4390 		    else
4391 #endif
4392 			foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
4393 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
4394 			break;
4395 		}
4396 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4397 		else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
4398 				  && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
4399 		{
4400 		    /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
4401 		    foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4402 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
4403 			foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
4404 		    end_foundcol = foundcol;
4405 		    break;
4406 		}
4407 #endif
4408 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
4409 		    break;
4410 		dec_cursor();
4411 	    }
4412 
4413 	    if (foundcol == 0)		/* no spaces, cannot break line */
4414 	    {
4415 		curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
4416 		break;
4417 	    }
4418 
4419 	    /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
4420 	    undisplay_dollar();
4421 
4422 	    /*
4423 	     * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
4424 	     * stack functions.  VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
4425 	     * over the text instead.
4426 	     */
4427 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4428 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
4429 		orig_col = startcol;	/* Will start backspacing from here */
4430 	    else
4431 #endif
4432 		replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
4433 
4434 	    /*
4435 	     * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
4436 	     * characters that will remain on top line
4437 	     */
4438 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
4439 	    while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
4440 		inc_cursor();
4441 	    startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
4442 	    if (startcol < 0)
4443 		startcol = 0;
4444 
4445 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4446 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
4447 	    {
4448 		/*
4449 		 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
4450 		 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
4451 		 */
4452 		saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
4453 		curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
4454 		if (saved_text == NULL)
4455 		    break;	/* Can't do it, out of memory */
4456 		saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
4457 
4458 		/* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
4459 		if (!fo_white_par)
4460 		    backspace_until_column(foundcol);
4461 	    }
4462 	    else
4463 #endif
4464 	    {
4465 		/* put cursor after pos. to break line */
4466 		if (!fo_white_par)
4467 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
4468 	    }
4469 
4470 	    /*
4471 	     * Split the line just before the margin.
4472 	     * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
4473 	     */
4474 	    open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
4475 		    + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
4476 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4477 		    + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
4478 #endif
4479 		    , old_indent);
4480 	    old_indent = 0;
4481 
4482 	    replace_offset = 0;
4483 	    if (first_line)
4484 	    {
4485 		if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
4486 		    second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
4487 		if (second_indent >= 0)
4488 		{
4489 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4490 		    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
4491 			change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
4492 		    else
4493 #endif
4494 			(void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
4495 		}
4496 		first_line = FALSE;
4497 	    }
4498 
4499 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
4500 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
4501 	    {
4502 		/*
4503 		 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
4504 		 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
4505 		 */
4506 		ins_bytes(saved_text);
4507 		vim_free(saved_text);
4508 	    }
4509 	    else
4510 #endif
4511 	    {
4512 		/*
4513 		 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
4514 		 * may have added or removed indent.
4515 		 */
4516 		curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
4517 		len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
4518 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
4519 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
4520 	    }
4521 
4522 	    haveto_redraw = TRUE;
4523 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
4524 	    can_cindent = TRUE;
4525 #endif
4526 	    /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
4527 	    did_ai = FALSE;
4528 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
4529 	    did_si = FALSE;
4530 	    can_si = FALSE;
4531 	    can_si_back = FALSE;
4532 #endif
4533 	    line_breakcheck();
4534 	}
4535 
4536 	if (save_char)			/* put back space after cursor */
4537 	    pchar_cursor(save_char);
4538 
4539 	if (c == NUL)			/* formatting only */
4540 	    return;
4541 	if (haveto_redraw)
4542 	{
4543 	    update_topline();
4544 	    redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
4545 	}
4546     }
4547     if (c == NUL)	    /* only formatting was wanted */
4548 	return;
4549 
4550 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4551     /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
4552     if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
4553     {
4554 	char_u  *line;
4555 	char_u	lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN];	    /* end-comment string */
4556 	int	middle_len, end_len;
4557 	int	i;
4558 
4559 	/*
4560 	 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
4561 	 * comment leader.  First, check what comment leader we can find.
4562 	 */
4563 	i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
4564 	if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL)	/* Just checking */
4565 	{
4566 	    /* Skip middle-comment string */
4567 	    while (*p && p[-1] != ':')	/* find end of middle flags */
4568 		++p;
4569 	    middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
4570 	    /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
4571 	    while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
4572 		--middle_len;
4573 
4574 	    /* Find the end-comment string */
4575 	    while (*p && p[-1] != ':')	/* find end of end flags */
4576 		++p;
4577 	    end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
4578 
4579 	    /* Skip white space before the cursor */
4580 	    i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4581 	    while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
4582 		;
4583 	    i++;
4584 
4585 	    /* Skip to before the middle leader */
4586 	    i -= middle_len;
4587 
4588 	    /* Check some expected things before we go on */
4589 	    if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
4590 	    {
4591 		/* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
4592 		backspace_until_column(i);
4593 
4594 		/*
4595 		 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
4596 		 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
4597 		 */
4598 		ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
4599 	    }
4600 	}
4601     }
4602     end_comment_pending = NUL;
4603 #endif
4604 
4605     did_ai = FALSE;
4606 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
4607     did_si = FALSE;
4608     can_si = FALSE;
4609     can_si_back = FALSE;
4610 #endif
4611 
4612     /*
4613      * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
4614      * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
4615      * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
4616      * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
4617      * 'paste' is set)..
4618      */
4619 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
4620     dont_scroll = FALSE;		/* allow scrolling here */
4621 #endif
4622 
4623     if (       !ISSPECIAL(c)
4624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4625 	    && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
4626 #endif
4627 	    && vpeekc() != NUL
4628 	    && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
4629 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
4630 	    && !cindent_on()
4631 #endif
4632 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4633 	    && !p_ri
4634 #endif
4635 	       )
4636     {
4637 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
4638 	char_u		buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
4639 	int		i;
4640 	colnr_T		virtcol = 0;
4641 
4642 	buf[0] = c;
4643 	i = 1;
4644 	if (textwidth)
4645 	    virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
4646 	/*
4647 	 * Stop the string when:
4648 	 * - no more chars available
4649 	 * - finding a special character (command key)
4650 	 * - buffer is full
4651 	 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
4652 	 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
4653 	 */
4654 	while (	   (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
4655 		&& !ISSPECIAL(c)
4656 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4657 		&& (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
4658 #endif
4659 		&& i < INPUT_BUFLEN
4660 		&& (textwidth == 0
4661 		    || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
4662 		&& !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
4663 	{
4664 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4665 	    c = vgetc();
4666 	    if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
4667 		c = hkmap(c);		    /* Hebrew mode mapping */
4668 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
4669 	    if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
4670 		c = fkmap(c);		    /* Farsi mode mapping */
4671 # endif
4672 	    buf[i++] = c;
4673 #else
4674 	    buf[i++] = vgetc();
4675 #endif
4676 	}
4677 
4678 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
4679 	do_digraph(-1);			/* clear digraphs */
4680 	do_digraph(buf[i-1]);		/* may be the start of a digraph */
4681 #endif
4682 	buf[i] = NUL;
4683 	ins_str(buf);
4684 	if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
4685 	{
4686 	    redo_literal(*buf);
4687 	    i = 1;
4688 	}
4689 	else
4690 	    i = 0;
4691 	if (buf[i] != NUL)
4692 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
4693     }
4694     else
4695     {
4696 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4697 	if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
4698 	{
4699 	    char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
4700 
4701 	    (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
4702 	    buf[cc] = NUL;
4703 	    ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
4704 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
4705 	}
4706 	else
4707 #endif
4708 	{
4709 	    ins_char(c);
4710 	    if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
4711 		redo_literal(c);
4712 	    else
4713 		AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
4714 	}
4715     }
4716 }
4717 
4718 /*
4719  * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
4720  * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
4721  * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
4722  * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
4723  * saved here.
4724  */
4725     void
4726 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
4727     int		trailblank;	/* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
4728     int		prev_line;	/* may start in previous line */
4729 {
4730     pos_T	pos;
4731     colnr_T	len;
4732     char_u	*old;
4733     char_u	*new, *pnew;
4734     int		wasatend;
4735     int		cc;
4736 
4737     if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
4738 	return;
4739 
4740     pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4741     old = ml_get_curline();
4742 
4743     /* may remove added space */
4744     check_auto_format(FALSE);
4745 
4746     /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
4747      * user might insert normal text next.  Also skip formatting when "1" is
4748      * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
4749      * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
4750      * next they are not joined back together. */
4751     wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
4752     if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
4753     {
4754 	dec_cursor();
4755 	cc = gchar_cursor();
4756 	if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
4757 					  && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
4758 	    dec_cursor();
4759 	cc = gchar_cursor();
4760 	if (WHITECHAR(cc))
4761 	{
4762 	    curwin->w_cursor = pos;
4763 	    return;
4764 	}
4765 	curwin->w_cursor = pos;
4766     }
4767 
4768 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4769     /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
4770      * comments. */
4771     if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
4772 				     && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
4773 	return;
4774 #endif
4775 
4776     /*
4777      * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
4778      * moved to the previous line if it fits there now.  Only when this is not
4779      * the start of a paragraph.
4780      */
4781     if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
4782     {
4783 	--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4784 	if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
4785 	    return;
4786     }
4787 
4788     /*
4789      * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position.  "saved_cursor" will
4790      * be adjusted for the text formatting.
4791      */
4792     saved_cursor = pos;
4793     format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
4794     curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
4795     saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
4796 
4797     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4798     {
4799 	/* "cannot happen" */
4800 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4801 	coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
4802     }
4803     else
4804 	check_cursor_col();
4805 
4806     /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
4807      * previously wasn't, the line was broken.  Because of the rule above we
4808      * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
4809      * formatted. */
4810     if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
4811     {
4812 	new = ml_get_curline();
4813 	len = STRLEN(new);
4814 	if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
4815 	{
4816 	    pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
4817 	    pnew[len] = ' ';
4818 	    pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
4819 	    ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
4820 	    /* remove the space later */
4821 	    did_add_space = TRUE;
4822 	}
4823 	else
4824 	    /* may remove added space */
4825 	    check_auto_format(FALSE);
4826     }
4827 
4828     check_cursor();
4829 }
4830 
4831 /*
4832  * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
4833  * delete it now.  The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
4834  * position.
4835  */
4836     static void
4837 check_auto_format(end_insert)
4838     int		end_insert;	    /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
4839 {
4840     int		c = ' ';
4841     int		cc;
4842 
4843     if (did_add_space)
4844     {
4845 	cc = gchar_cursor();
4846 	if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
4847 	    /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
4848 	    did_add_space = FALSE;
4849 	else
4850 	{
4851 	    if (!end_insert)
4852 	    {
4853 		inc_cursor();
4854 		c = gchar_cursor();
4855 		dec_cursor();
4856 	    }
4857 	    if (c != NUL)
4858 	    {
4859 		/* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
4860 		del_char(FALSE);
4861 		did_add_space = FALSE;
4862 	    }
4863 	}
4864     }
4865 }
4866 
4867 /*
4868  * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
4869  *	if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
4870  *	else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
4871  *	if invalid value, use 0.
4872  *	Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
4873  */
4874     int
4875 comp_textwidth(ff)
4876     int		ff;	/* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
4877 {
4878     int		textwidth;
4879 
4880     textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
4881     if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
4882     {
4883 	/* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
4884 	 * things that add to the margin. */
4885 	textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
4886 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
4887 	if (cmdwin_type != 0)
4888 	    textwidth -= 1;
4889 #endif
4890 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4891 	textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
4892 #endif
4893 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
4894 	if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
4895 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
4896 			    || usingNetbeans
4897 # endif
4898 		    )
4899 	    textwidth -= 1;
4900 #endif
4901 	if (curwin->w_p_nu)
4902 	    textwidth -= 8;
4903     }
4904     if (textwidth < 0)
4905 	textwidth = 0;
4906     if (ff && textwidth == 0)
4907     {
4908 	textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
4909 	if (textwidth > 79)
4910 	    textwidth = 79;
4911     }
4912     return textwidth;
4913 }
4914 
4915 /*
4916  * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
4917  */
4918     static void
4919 redo_literal(c)
4920     int	    c;
4921 {
4922     char_u	buf[10];
4923 
4924     /* Only digits need special treatment.  Translate them into a string of
4925      * three digits. */
4926     if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
4927     {
4928 	sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
4929 	AppendToRedobuff(buf);
4930     }
4931     else
4932 	AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
4933 }
4934 
4935 /*
4936  * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
4937  * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
4938  */
4939     static void
4940 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
4941     pos_T    *end_insert_pos;
4942 {
4943     if (!arrow_used)	    /* something has been inserted */
4944     {
4945 	AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
4946 	stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
4947 	arrow_used = TRUE;	/* this means we stopped the current insert */
4948     }
4949 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4950     check_spell_redraw();
4951 #endif
4952 }
4953 
4954 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4955 /*
4956  * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
4957  * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
4958  */
4959     static void
4960 check_spell_redraw()
4961 {
4962     if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
4963     {
4964 	linenr_T	lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
4965 
4966 	spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
4967 	redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
4968     }
4969 }
4970 
4971 /*
4972  * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
4973  * spelled word, if there is one.
4974  */
4975     static void
4976 spell_back_to_badword()
4977 {
4978     pos_T	tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
4979 
4980     spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
4981     if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
4982 	start_arrow(&tpos);
4983 }
4984 #endif
4985 
4986 /*
4987  * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
4988  * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
4989  * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
4990  */
4991     int
4992 stop_arrow()
4993 {
4994     if (arrow_used)
4995     {
4996 	if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
4997 	{
4998 	    arrow_used = FALSE;
4999 	    ins_need_undo = FALSE;
5000 	}
5001 	Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;	/* new insertion starts here */
5002 	Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
5003 	ai_col = 0;
5004 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5005 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5006 	{
5007 	    orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
5008 	    vr_lines_changed = 1;
5009 	}
5010 #endif
5011 	ResetRedobuff();
5012 	AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i");   /* pretend we start an insertion */
5013     }
5014     else if (ins_need_undo)
5015     {
5016 	if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
5017 	    ins_need_undo = FALSE;
5018     }
5019 
5020 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5021     /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
5022     foldOpenCursor();
5023 #endif
5024 
5025     return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
5026 }
5027 
5028 /*
5029  * do a few things to stop inserting
5030  */
5031     static void
5032 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
5033     pos_T    *end_insert_pos;	/* where insert ended */
5034     int	    esc;		/* called by ins_esc() */
5035 {
5036     int	    cc;
5037 
5038     stop_redo_ins();
5039     replace_flush();		/* abandon replace stack */
5040 
5041     /*
5042      * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
5043      */
5044     vim_free(last_insert);
5045     last_insert = get_inserted();
5046     last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
5047 
5048     if (!arrow_used)
5049     {
5050 	/* Auto-format now.  It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
5051 	 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
5052 	 * a line and having it end in a space.  But only do it when something
5053 	 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
5054 	if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
5055 	{
5056 	    pos_T   tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
5057 
5058 	    /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
5059 	     * formatting will move it to the following word.  Avoid that by
5060 	     * moving the cursor onto the space. */
5061 	    cc = 'x';
5062 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
5063 	    {
5064 		dec_cursor();
5065 		cc = gchar_cursor();
5066 		if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
5067 		    curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
5068 	    }
5069 
5070 	    auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
5071 
5072 	    if (vim_iswhite(cc))
5073 	    {
5074 		if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
5075 		    inc_cursor();
5076 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
5077 		/* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
5078 		 * the "coladd". */
5079 		if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
5080 			&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
5081 			&& curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
5082 		    curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
5083 #endif
5084 	    }
5085 	}
5086 
5087 	/* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
5088 	check_auto_format(TRUE);
5089 
5090 	/* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
5091 	 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
5092 	 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
5093 	if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
5094 			   && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
5095 	{
5096 	    pos_T	tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
5097 
5098 	    curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
5099 	    if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
5100 		--curwin->w_cursor.col;
5101 	    while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
5102 		(void)del_char(TRUE);
5103 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
5104 		curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
5105 	    else if (cc != NUL)
5106 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;	/* put cursor back on the NUL */
5107 
5108 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
5109 	    /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
5110 	     * deleted characters. */
5111 	    if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5112 	    {
5113 		cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
5114 		if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
5115 		{
5116 		    VIsual.col = cc;
5117 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
5118 		    VIsual.coladd = 0;
5119 # endif
5120 		}
5121 	    }
5122 #endif
5123 	}
5124     }
5125     did_ai = FALSE;
5126 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
5127     did_si = FALSE;
5128     can_si = FALSE;
5129     can_si_back = FALSE;
5130 #endif
5131 
5132     /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
5133     curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
5134     curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
5135 }
5136 
5137 /*
5138  * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
5139  * Used for the replace command.
5140  */
5141     void
5142 set_last_insert(c)
5143     int		c;
5144 {
5145     char_u	*s;
5146 
5147     vim_free(last_insert);
5148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5149     last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
5150 #else
5151     last_insert = alloc(6);
5152 #endif
5153     if (last_insert != NULL)
5154     {
5155 	s = last_insert;
5156 	/* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
5157 	if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
5158 	    *s++ = Ctrl_V;
5159 	s = add_char2buf(c, s);
5160 	*s++ = ESC;
5161 	*s++ = NUL;
5162 	last_insert_skip = 0;
5163     }
5164 }
5165 
5166 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
5167     void
5168 free_last_insert()
5169 {
5170     vim_free(last_insert);
5171     last_insert = NULL;
5172 }
5173 #endif
5174 
5175 /*
5176  * Add character "c" to buffer "s".  Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
5177  * and CSI.  Handle multi-byte characters.
5178  * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
5179  */
5180     char_u *
5181 add_char2buf(c, s)
5182     int		c;
5183     char_u	*s;
5184 {
5185 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5186     char_u	temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
5187     int		i;
5188     int		len;
5189 
5190     len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
5191     for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
5192     {
5193 	c = temp[i];
5194 #endif
5195 	/* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
5196 	if (c == K_SPECIAL)
5197 	{
5198 	    *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
5199 	    *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
5200 	    *s++ = KE_FILLER;
5201 	}
5202 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5203 	else if (c == CSI)
5204 	{
5205 	    *s++ = CSI;
5206 	    *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
5207 	    *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
5208 	}
5209 #endif
5210 	else
5211 	    *s++ = c;
5212 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5213     }
5214 #endif
5215     return s;
5216 }
5217 
5218 /*
5219  * move cursor to start of line
5220  * if flags & BL_WHITE	move to first non-white
5221  * if flags & BL_SOL	move to first non-white if startofline is set,
5222  *			    otherwise keep "curswant" column
5223  * if flags & BL_FIX	don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
5224  */
5225     void
5226 beginline(flags)
5227     int		flags;
5228 {
5229     if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
5230 	coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
5231     else
5232     {
5233 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5234 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
5235 	curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
5236 #endif
5237 
5238 	if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
5239 	{
5240 	    char_u  *ptr;
5241 
5242 	    for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
5243 			       && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
5244 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5245 	}
5246 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
5247     }
5248 }
5249 
5250 /*
5251  * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
5252  *
5253  * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
5254  * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
5255  * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
5256  */
5257 
5258     int
5259 oneright()
5260 {
5261     char_u	*ptr;
5262 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5263     int		l;
5264 #endif
5265 
5266 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
5267     if (virtual_active())
5268     {
5269 	pos_T	prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
5270 
5271 	/* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
5272 	ptr = ml_get_cursor();
5273 	coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
5274 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5275 			    (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
5276 #else
5277 			    *ptr
5278 #endif
5279 			    ))
5280 		    ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
5281 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
5282 	/* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
5283 	return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
5284 		    || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
5285     }
5286 #endif
5287 
5288     ptr = ml_get_cursor();
5289 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5290     if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
5291     {
5292 	/* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
5293 	 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
5294 	if (ptr[l] == NUL)
5295 	    return FAIL;
5296 	curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
5297     }
5298     else
5299 #endif
5300     {
5301 	if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
5302 	    return FAIL;
5303 	++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5304     }
5305 
5306     curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
5307     return OK;
5308 }
5309 
5310     int
5311 oneleft()
5312 {
5313 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
5314     if (virtual_active())
5315     {
5316 	int width;
5317 	int v = getviscol();
5318 
5319 	if (v == 0)
5320 	    return FAIL;
5321 
5322 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
5323 	/* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
5324 	width = 1;
5325 	for (;;)
5326 	{
5327 	    coladvance(v - width);
5328 	    /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
5329 	     * there are no multi-byte characters */
5330 	    if ((*p_sbr == NUL
5331 #  ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5332 			&& !has_mbyte
5333 #  endif
5334 			) || getviscol() < v)
5335 		break;
5336 	    ++width;
5337 	}
5338 # else
5339 	coladvance(v - 1);
5340 # endif
5341 
5342 	if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
5343 	{
5344 	    char_u *ptr;
5345 
5346 	    /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
5347 	    ptr = ml_get_cursor();
5348 	    if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
5349 #  ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5350 			    (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
5351 #  else
5352 			    *ptr
5353 #  endif
5354 			    ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
5355 		curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
5356 	}
5357 
5358 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
5359 	return OK;
5360     }
5361 #endif
5362 
5363     if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5364 	return FAIL;
5365 
5366     curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
5367     --curwin->w_cursor.col;
5368 
5369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5370     /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
5371      * character, move to its first byte */
5372     if (has_mbyte)
5373 	mb_adjust_cursor();
5374 #endif
5375     return OK;
5376 }
5377 
5378     int
5379 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
5380     long	n;
5381     int		upd_topline;	    /* When TRUE: update topline */
5382 {
5383     linenr_T	lnum;
5384 
5385     if (n > 0)
5386     {
5387 	lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5388 	/* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
5389 	 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
5390 	if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
5391 	    return FAIL;
5392 	if (n >= lnum)
5393 	    lnum = 1;
5394 	else
5395 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5396 	    if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
5397 	{
5398 	    /*
5399 	     * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
5400 	     */
5401 	    /* go to the the start of the current fold */
5402 	    (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
5403 
5404 	    while (n--)
5405 	    {
5406 		/* move up one line */
5407 		--lnum;
5408 		if (lnum <= 1)
5409 		    break;
5410 		/* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
5411 		 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
5412 		 * in a moment. */
5413 		if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
5414 		    (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
5415 	    }
5416 	    if (lnum < 1)
5417 		lnum = 1;
5418 	}
5419 	else
5420 #endif
5421 	    lnum -= n;
5422 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5423     }
5424 
5425     /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
5426     coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
5427 
5428     if (upd_topline)
5429 	update_topline();	/* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
5430 
5431     return OK;
5432 }
5433 
5434 /*
5435  * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
5436  */
5437     int
5438 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
5439     long	n;
5440     int		upd_topline;	    /* When TRUE: update topline */
5441 {
5442     linenr_T	lnum;
5443 
5444     if (n > 0)
5445     {
5446 	lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5447 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5448 	/* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
5449 	(void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
5450 #endif
5451 	/* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
5452 	 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
5453 	if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
5454 		|| (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
5455 		    && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
5456 	    return FAIL;
5457 	if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5458 	    lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
5459 	else
5460 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5461 	if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
5462 	{
5463 	    linenr_T	last;
5464 
5465 	    /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
5466 	    while (n--)
5467 	    {
5468 		if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
5469 		    lnum = last + 1;
5470 		else
5471 		    ++lnum;
5472 		if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5473 		    break;
5474 	    }
5475 	    if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5476 		lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
5477 	}
5478 	else
5479 #endif
5480 	    lnum += n;
5481 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5482     }
5483 
5484     /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
5485     coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
5486 
5487     if (upd_topline)
5488 	update_topline();	/* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
5489 
5490     return OK;
5491 }
5492 
5493 /*
5494  * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
5495  * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
5496  * first have to remove the command.
5497  */
5498     int
5499 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
5500     int	    c;		/* Command character to be inserted */
5501     long    count;	/* Repeat this many times */
5502     int	    no_esc;	/* Don't add an ESC at the end */
5503 {
5504     char_u	*esc_ptr;
5505     char_u	*ptr;
5506     char_u	*last_ptr;
5507     char_u	last = NUL;
5508 
5509     ptr = get_last_insert();
5510     if (ptr == NULL)
5511     {
5512 	EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
5513 	return FAIL;
5514     }
5515 
5516     /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
5517     if (c != NUL)
5518 	stuffcharReadbuff(c);
5519     if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
5520 	*esc_ptr = NUL;	    /* remove the ESC */
5521 
5522     /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
5523      * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
5524      * starts with ^D.	-- Acevedo
5525      */
5526     last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
5527     if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
5528 	    && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
5529     {
5530 	last = *last_ptr;
5531 	*last_ptr = NUL;
5532     }
5533 
5534     do
5535     {
5536 	stuffReadbuff(ptr);
5537 	/* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
5538 	if (last)
5539 	    stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
5540 			? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
5541 			: IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
5542     }
5543     while (--count > 0);
5544 
5545     if (last)
5546 	*last_ptr = last;
5547 
5548     if (esc_ptr != NULL)
5549 	*esc_ptr = ESC;	    /* put the ESC back */
5550 
5551     /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
5552     if (!no_esc)
5553 	stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
5554 
5555     return OK;
5556 }
5557 
5558     char_u *
5559 get_last_insert()
5560 {
5561     if (last_insert == NULL)
5562 	return NULL;
5563     return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
5564 }
5565 
5566 /*
5567  * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
5568  * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
5569  */
5570     char_u *
5571 get_last_insert_save()
5572 {
5573     char_u	*s;
5574     int		len;
5575 
5576     if (last_insert == NULL)
5577 	return NULL;
5578     s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
5579     if (s != NULL)
5580     {
5581 	len = (int)STRLEN(s);
5582 	if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC)	/* remove trailing ESC */
5583 	    s[len - 1] = NUL;
5584     }
5585     return s;
5586 }
5587 
5588 /*
5589  * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
5590  * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
5591  * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
5592  * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
5593  */
5594     static int
5595 echeck_abbr(c)
5596     int c;
5597 {
5598     /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
5599      * after moving around with cursor keys. */
5600     if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
5601 	return FALSE;
5602 
5603     return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
5604 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
5605 }
5606 
5607 /*
5608  * replace-stack functions
5609  *
5610  * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
5611  * new character.  This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
5612  *
5613  * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
5614  * currently in the file after the insertion point.  When BS is used, one NUL
5615  * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
5616  *
5617  * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists.  One contains the characters
5618  * that the NL replaced.  The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
5619  * that were deleted (always white space).
5620  *
5621  * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
5622  * character at the end of the stack.  If replace_offset is not 0, that many
5623  * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
5624  */
5625 
5626 static char_u	*replace_stack = NULL;
5627 static long	replace_stack_nr = 0;	    /* next entry in replace stack */
5628 static long	replace_stack_len = 0;	    /* max. number of entries */
5629 
5630     void
5631 replace_push(c)
5632     int	    c;	    /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
5633 {
5634     char_u  *p;
5635 
5636     if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset)	/* nothing to do */
5637 	return;
5638     if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
5639     {
5640 	replace_stack_len += 50;
5641 	p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
5642 	if (p == NULL)	    /* out of memory */
5643 	{
5644 	    replace_stack_len -= 50;
5645 	    return;
5646 	}
5647 	if (replace_stack != NULL)
5648 	{
5649 	    mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
5650 				 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
5651 	    vim_free(replace_stack);
5652 	}
5653 	replace_stack = p;
5654     }
5655     p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
5656     if (replace_offset)
5657 	mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
5658     *p = c;
5659     ++replace_stack_nr;
5660 }
5661 
5662 /*
5663  * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
5664  */
5665     static void
5666 replace_push_off(c)
5667     int	    c;
5668 {
5669     char_u	*p;
5670 
5671     p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
5672     for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
5673 							     ++replace_offset)
5674 	if (*--p == NUL)
5675 	    break;
5676     replace_push(c);
5677     replace_offset = 0;
5678 }
5679 
5680 /*
5681  * Pop one item from the replace stack.
5682  * return -1 if stack empty
5683  * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
5684  */
5685     static int
5686 replace_pop()
5687 {
5688     if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
5689 	return -1;
5690     return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
5691 }
5692 
5693 /*
5694  * Join the top two items on the replace stack.  This removes to "off"'th NUL
5695  * encountered.
5696  */
5697     static void
5698 replace_join(off)
5699     int	    off;	/* offset for which NUL to remove */
5700 {
5701     int	    i;
5702 
5703     for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
5704 	if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
5705 	{
5706 	    --replace_stack_nr;
5707 	    mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
5708 					      (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
5709 	    return;
5710 	}
5711 }
5712 
5713 /*
5714  * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
5715  * before the cursor.  Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
5716  */
5717     static void
5718 replace_pop_ins()
5719 {
5720     int	    cc;
5721     int	    oldState = State;
5722 
5723     State = NORMAL;			/* don't want REPLACE here */
5724     while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
5725     {
5726 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5727 	mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
5728 #else
5729 	ins_char(cc);
5730 #endif
5731 	dec_cursor();
5732     }
5733     State = oldState;
5734 }
5735 
5736 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5737 /*
5738  * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte.  If it
5739  * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
5740  */
5741     static void
5742 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
5743     int		cc;
5744 {
5745     int		n;
5746     char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
5747     int		i;
5748     int		c;
5749 
5750     if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
5751     {
5752 	buf[0] = cc;
5753 	for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
5754 	    buf[i] = replace_pop();
5755 	ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
5756     }
5757     else
5758 	ins_char(cc);
5759 
5760     if (enc_utf8)
5761 	/* Handle composing chars. */
5762 	for (;;)
5763 	{
5764 	    c = replace_pop();
5765 	    if (c == -1)	    /* stack empty */
5766 		break;
5767 	    if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
5768 	    {
5769 		/* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
5770 		replace_push(c);
5771 		break;
5772 	    }
5773 	    else
5774 	    {
5775 		buf[0] = c;
5776 		for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
5777 		    buf[i] = replace_pop();
5778 		if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
5779 		    ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
5780 		else
5781 		{
5782 		    /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
5783 		    for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
5784 			replace_push(buf[i]);
5785 		    break;
5786 		}
5787 	    }
5788 	}
5789 }
5790 #endif
5791 
5792 /*
5793  * make the replace stack empty
5794  * (called when exiting replace mode)
5795  */
5796     static void
5797 replace_flush()
5798 {
5799     vim_free(replace_stack);
5800     replace_stack = NULL;
5801     replace_stack_len = 0;
5802     replace_stack_nr = 0;
5803 }
5804 
5805 /*
5806  * Handle doing a BS for one character.
5807  * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
5808  * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
5809  * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
5810  * and check for more characters to be put back
5811  */
5812     static void
5813 replace_do_bs()
5814 {
5815     int		cc;
5816 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5817     int		orig_len = 0;
5818     int		ins_len;
5819     int		orig_vcols = 0;
5820     colnr_T	start_vcol;
5821     char_u	*p;
5822     int		i;
5823     int		vcol;
5824 #endif
5825 
5826     cc = replace_pop();
5827     if (cc > 0)
5828     {
5829 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5830 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5831 	{
5832 	    /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
5833 	     * going to delete. */
5834 	    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
5835 	    orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
5836 	}
5837 #endif
5838 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5839 	if (has_mbyte)
5840 	{
5841 	    del_char(FALSE);
5842 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5843 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5844 		orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
5845 # endif
5846 	    replace_push(cc);
5847 	}
5848 	else
5849 #endif
5850 	{
5851 	    pchar_cursor(cc);
5852 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5853 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5854 		orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
5855 #endif
5856 	}
5857 	replace_pop_ins();
5858 
5859 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5860 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5861 	{
5862 	    /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
5863 	    p = ml_get_cursor();
5864 	    ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
5865 	    vcol = start_vcol;
5866 	    for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
5867 	    {
5868 		vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
5869 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5870 		i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
5871 #endif
5872 	    }
5873 	    vcol -= start_vcol;
5874 
5875 	    /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
5876 	     * text aligned. */
5877 	    curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
5878 	    while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
5879 	    {
5880 		del_char(FALSE);
5881 		++orig_vcols;
5882 	    }
5883 	    curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
5884 	}
5885 #endif
5886 
5887 	/* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
5888 	changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
5889     }
5890     else if (cc == 0)
5891 	(void)del_char(FALSE);
5892 }
5893 
5894 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5895 /*
5896  * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
5897  */
5898     static int
5899 cindent_on()
5900 {
5901     return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
5902 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5903 		    || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
5904 # endif
5905 		    ));
5906 }
5907 #endif
5908 
5909 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
5910 /*
5911  * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
5912  * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
5913  * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
5914  * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
5915  */
5916 
5917     void
5918 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
5919     int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
5920 {
5921     change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
5922     if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
5923 	did_ai = TRUE;	    /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
5924 }
5925 
5926     void
5927 fix_indent()
5928 {
5929     if (p_paste)
5930 	return;
5931 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
5932     if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
5933 	fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
5934 # endif
5935 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
5936     else
5937 # endif
5938 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5939 	if (cindent_on())
5940 	    do_c_expr_indent();
5941 # endif
5942 }
5943 
5944 #endif
5945 
5946 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5947 /*
5948  * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
5949  * when == '*':	    Only if key is preceded with '*'	(indent before insert)
5950  * when == '!':	    Only if key is prededed with '!'	(don't insert)
5951  * when == ' ':	    Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
5952  *
5953  * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
5954  * KEY_OPEN_FORW
5955  * KEY_OPEN_BACK
5956  * KEY_COMPLETE	    just finished completion.
5957  *
5958  * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
5959  */
5960     int
5961 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
5962     int		keytyped;
5963     int		when;
5964     int		line_is_empty;
5965 {
5966     char_u	*look;
5967     int		try_match;
5968     int		try_match_word;
5969     char_u	*p;
5970     char_u	*line;
5971     int		icase;
5972     int		i;
5973 
5974 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5975     if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
5976 	look = curbuf->b_p_indk;	/* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
5977     else
5978 #endif
5979 	look = curbuf->b_p_cink;	/* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
5980     while (*look)
5981     {
5982 	/*
5983 	 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
5984 	 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
5985 	 */
5986 	switch (when)
5987 	{
5988 	    case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
5989 	    case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
5990 	     default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
5991 	}
5992 	if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
5993 	    ++look;
5994 
5995 	/*
5996 	 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
5997 	 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
5998 	 */
5999 	if (*look == '0')
6000 	{
6001 	    try_match_word = try_match;
6002 	    if (!line_is_empty)
6003 		try_match = FALSE;
6004 	    ++look;
6005 	}
6006 	else
6007 	    try_match_word = FALSE;
6008 
6009 	/*
6010 	 * does it look like a control character?
6011 	 */
6012 	if (*look == '^'
6013 #ifdef EBCDIC
6014 		&& (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
6015 #else
6016 		&& look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
6017 #endif
6018 		)
6019 	{
6020 	    if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
6021 		return TRUE;
6022 	    look += 2;
6023 	}
6024 	/*
6025 	 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
6026 	 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
6027 	 */
6028 	else if (*look == 'o')
6029 	{
6030 	    if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
6031 		return TRUE;
6032 	    ++look;
6033 	}
6034 	else if (*look == 'O')
6035 	{
6036 	    if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
6037 		return TRUE;
6038 	    ++look;
6039 	}
6040 
6041 	/*
6042 	 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
6043 	 * cursor.
6044 	 */
6045 	else if (*look == 'e')
6046 	{
6047 	    if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
6048 	    {
6049 		p = ml_get_curline();
6050 		if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
6051 			STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
6052 		    return TRUE;
6053 	    }
6054 	    ++look;
6055 	}
6056 
6057 	/*
6058 	 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
6059 	 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
6060 	 * class::method for C++).
6061 	 */
6062 	else if (*look == ':')
6063 	{
6064 	    if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
6065 	    {
6066 		p = ml_get_curline();
6067 		if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
6068 		    return TRUE;
6069 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
6070 			&& p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
6071 			&& p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
6072 		{
6073 		    p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
6074 		    i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
6075 							  || cin_islabel(30));
6076 		    p = ml_get_curline();
6077 		    p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
6078 		    if (i)
6079 			return TRUE;
6080 		}
6081 	    }
6082 	    ++look;
6083 	}
6084 
6085 
6086 	/*
6087 	 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
6088 	 */
6089 	else if (*look == '<')
6090 	{
6091 	    if (try_match)
6092 	    {
6093 		/*
6094 		 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
6095 		 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
6096 		 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
6097 		 */
6098 		if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
6099 						       && keytyped == look[1])
6100 		    return TRUE;
6101 
6102 		if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
6103 		    return TRUE;
6104 	    }
6105 	    while (*look && *look != '>')
6106 		look++;
6107 	    while (*look == '>')
6108 		look++;
6109 	}
6110 
6111 	/*
6112 	 * Is it a word: "=word"?
6113 	 */
6114 	else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
6115 	{
6116 	    ++look;
6117 	    if (*look == '~')
6118 	    {
6119 		icase = TRUE;
6120 		++look;
6121 	    }
6122 	    else
6123 		icase = FALSE;
6124 	    p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
6125 	    if (p == NULL)
6126 		p = look + STRLEN(look);
6127 	    if ((try_match || try_match_word)
6128 		    && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
6129 	    {
6130 		int		match = FALSE;
6131 
6132 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6133 		if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
6134 		{
6135 		    char_u	*s;
6136 
6137 		    /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
6138 		     * search back for the start of a word. */
6139 		    line = ml_get_curline();
6140 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6141 		    if (has_mbyte)
6142 		    {
6143 			char_u	*n;
6144 
6145 			for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
6146 			{
6147 			    n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
6148 			    if (!vim_iswordp(n))
6149 				break;
6150 			}
6151 		    }
6152 		    else
6153 # endif
6154 			for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
6155 			    if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
6156 				break;
6157 		    if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
6158 			    && (icase
6159 				? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
6160 				: STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
6161 			match = TRUE;
6162 		}
6163 		else
6164 #endif
6165 		    /* TODO: multi-byte */
6166 		    if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
6167 			 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
6168 		{
6169 		    line = ml_get_cursor();
6170 		    if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
6171 				|| !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
6172 			    && (icase
6173 				? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
6174 				: STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
6175 									 == 0)
6176 			match = TRUE;
6177 		}
6178 		if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
6179 		{
6180 		    /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
6181 		     * word. */
6182 		    line = ml_get_curline();
6183 		    if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
6184 				     (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
6185 			match = FALSE;
6186 		}
6187 		if (match)
6188 		    return TRUE;
6189 	    }
6190 	    look = p;
6191 	}
6192 
6193 	/*
6194 	 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
6195 	 */
6196 	else
6197 	{
6198 	    if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
6199 		return TRUE;
6200 	    ++look;
6201 	}
6202 
6203 	/*
6204 	 * Skip over ", ".
6205 	 */
6206 	look = skip_to_option_part(look);
6207     }
6208     return FALSE;
6209 }
6210 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
6211 
6212 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
6213 /*
6214  * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
6215  */
6216     int
6217 hkmap(c)
6218     int c;
6219 {
6220     if (p_hkmapp)   /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
6221     {
6222 	enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
6223 	    KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
6224 	    PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
6225 	static char_u map[26] =
6226 	    {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET  /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF    /*c*/,
6227 	     (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1   /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
6228 	     (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI  /*h*/, (char_u)IUD     /*i*/,
6229 	     (char_u)HET  /*j*/, (char_u)KOF  /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED   /*l*/,
6230 	     (char_u)MEM  /*m*/, (char_u)NUN  /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH   /*o*/,
6231 	     (char_u)PEI  /*p*/, (char_u)-1   /*q*/, (char_u)RESH    /*r*/,
6232 	     (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV  /*t*/, (char_u)TET     /*u*/,
6233 	     (char_u)VAV  /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1      /*x*/,
6234 	     (char_u)AIN  /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
6235 
6236 	if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
6237 	    return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
6238 							    /* '-1'='sofit' */
6239 	else if (c == 'x')
6240 	    return 'X';
6241 	else if (c == 'q')
6242 	    return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
6243 	else if (c == 246)
6244 	    return ' ';  /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
6245 	else if (c == 228)
6246 	    return ' ';  /* \"a --> ' '      -- / --	       */
6247 	else if (c == 252)
6248 	    return ' ';  /* \"u --> ' '      -- / --	       */
6249 #ifdef EBCDIC
6250 	else if (islower(c))
6251 #else
6252 	/* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
6253 	 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
6254 	 * all systems.  Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
6255 	 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
6256 	 */
6257 	else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
6258 #endif
6259 	    return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
6260 	else
6261 	    return c;
6262     }
6263     else
6264     {
6265 	switch (c)
6266 	{
6267 	    case '`':	return ';';
6268 	    case '/':	return '.';
6269 	    case '\'':	return ',';
6270 	    case 'q':	return '/';
6271 	    case 'w':	return '\'';
6272 
6273 			/* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
6274 	    case ',':	c = '{'; break;
6275 	    case '.':	c = 'v'; break;
6276 	    case ';':	c = 't'; break;
6277 	    default: {
6278 			 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
6279 
6280 #ifdef EBCDIC
6281 			 /* see note about islower() above */
6282 			 if (!islower(c))
6283 #else
6284 			 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
6285 #endif
6286 			     return c;
6287 			 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
6288 			 break;
6289 		     }
6290 	}
6291 
6292 	return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
6293     }
6294 }
6295 #endif
6296 
6297     static void
6298 ins_reg()
6299 {
6300     int		need_redraw = FALSE;
6301     int		regname;
6302     int		literally = 0;
6303 
6304     /*
6305      * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
6306      */
6307     pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
6308     if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
6309     {
6310 	/* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
6311 	ins_redraw();
6312 
6313 	edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
6314 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
6315 	add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
6316 #endif
6317     }
6318 
6319 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
6320     dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
6321 #endif
6322 
6323     /*
6324      * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
6325      * deleted when ESC is hit.
6326      */
6327     ++no_mapping;
6328     regname = safe_vgetc();
6329 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
6330     LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
6331 #endif
6332     if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
6333     {
6334 	/* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
6335 	literally = regname;
6336 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
6337 	add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
6338 #endif
6339 	regname = safe_vgetc();
6340 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
6341 	LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
6342 #endif
6343     }
6344     --no_mapping;
6345 
6346 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6347     /*
6348      * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
6349      * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
6350      */
6351     ++no_u_sync;
6352     if (regname == '=')
6353     {
6354 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
6355 	int	im_on = im_get_status();
6356 # endif
6357 	regname = get_expr_register();
6358 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
6359 	/* Restore the Input Method. */
6360 	if (im_on)
6361 	    im_set_active(TRUE);
6362 # endif
6363     }
6364     if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
6365     {
6366 	vim_beep();
6367 	need_redraw = TRUE;	/* remove the '"' */
6368     }
6369     else
6370     {
6371 #endif
6372 	if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
6373 	{
6374 	    /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
6375 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
6376 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
6377 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
6378 
6379 	    do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
6380 		 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
6381 	}
6382 	else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
6383 	{
6384 	    vim_beep();
6385 	    need_redraw = TRUE;	/* remove the '"' */
6386 	}
6387 	else if (stop_insert_mode)
6388 	    /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
6389 	     * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
6390 	     * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
6391 	    need_redraw = TRUE;
6392 
6393 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6394     }
6395     --no_u_sync;
6396 #endif
6397 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
6398     clear_showcmd();
6399 #endif
6400 
6401     /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
6402     if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
6403 	edit_unputchar();
6404 }
6405 
6406 /*
6407  * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
6408  */
6409     static void
6410 ins_ctrl_g()
6411 {
6412     int		c;
6413 
6414 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6415     /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
6416     setcursor();
6417 #endif
6418 
6419     /*
6420      * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
6421      * deleted when ESC is hit.
6422      */
6423     ++no_mapping;
6424     c = safe_vgetc();
6425     --no_mapping;
6426     switch (c)
6427     {
6428 	/* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
6429 	case K_UP:
6430 	case Ctrl_K:
6431 	case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
6432 		  break;
6433 
6434 	/* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
6435 	case K_DOWN:
6436 	case Ctrl_J:
6437 	case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
6438 		  break;
6439 
6440 	/* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
6441 	case 'u': u_sync();
6442 		  ins_need_undo = TRUE;
6443 		  break;
6444 
6445 	/* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
6446 	default:  vim_beep();
6447     }
6448 }
6449 
6450 /*
6451  * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
6452  */
6453     static void
6454 ins_ctrl_hat()
6455 {
6456     if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
6457     {
6458 	/* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
6459 	if (State & LANGMAP)
6460 	{
6461 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
6462 	    State &= ~LANGMAP;
6463 	}
6464 	else
6465 	{
6466 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
6467 	    State |= LANGMAP;
6468 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
6469 	    im_set_active(FALSE);
6470 #endif
6471 	}
6472     }
6473 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
6474     else
6475     {
6476 	/* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
6477 	if (im_get_status())
6478 	{
6479 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
6480 	    im_set_active(FALSE);
6481 	}
6482 	else
6483 	{
6484 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
6485 	    State &= ~LANGMAP;
6486 	    im_set_active(TRUE);
6487 	}
6488     }
6489 #endif
6490     set_iminsert_global();
6491     showmode();
6492 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6493     /* may show different cursor shape or color */
6494     if (gui.in_use)
6495 	gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
6496 #endif
6497 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
6498     /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
6499     status_redraw_curbuf();
6500 #endif
6501 }
6502 
6503 /*
6504  * Handle ESC in insert mode.
6505  * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
6506  * insert.
6507  */
6508     static int
6509 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
6510     long	*count;
6511     int		cmdchar;
6512     int		nomove;	    /* don't move cursor */
6513 {
6514     int		temp;
6515     static int	disabled_redraw = FALSE;
6516 
6517 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6518     check_spell_redraw();
6519 #endif
6520 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
6521 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
6522     hangul_input_state_set(0);
6523 # endif
6524     if (composing_hangul)
6525     {
6526 	push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
6527 	composing_hangul = 0;
6528     }
6529 #endif
6530 
6531     temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6532     if (disabled_redraw)
6533     {
6534 	--RedrawingDisabled;
6535 	disabled_redraw = FALSE;
6536     }
6537     if (!arrow_used)
6538     {
6539 	/*
6540 	 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
6541 	 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode.  Needed for
6542 	 * when "count" is non-zero.
6543 	 */
6544 	if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
6545 	    AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
6546 
6547 	/*
6548 	 * Repeating insert may take a long time.  Check for
6549 	 * interrupt now and then.
6550 	 */
6551 	if (*count > 0)
6552 	{
6553 	    line_breakcheck();
6554 	    if (got_int)
6555 		*count = 0;
6556 	}
6557 
6558 	if (--*count > 0)	/* repeat what was typed */
6559 	{
6560 	    /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
6561 	    if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
6562 		State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
6563 
6564 	    (void)start_redo_ins();
6565 	    if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
6566 		stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR);	/* no ESC in redo buffer */
6567 	    ++RedrawingDisabled;
6568 	    disabled_redraw = TRUE;
6569 	    return FALSE;	/* repeat the insert */
6570 	}
6571 	stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
6572 	undisplay_dollar();
6573     }
6574 
6575     /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
6576      * indent */
6577     if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
6578 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6579 
6580     /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
6581     if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
6582 	curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
6583 
6584     /*
6585      * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
6586      * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
6587      */
6588     if (!nomove
6589 	    && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
6590 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6591 		|| curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
6592 #endif
6593 	       )
6594 	    && (restart_edit == NUL
6595 		   || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
6596 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6597 		       && !VIsual_active
6598 #endif
6599 		      ))
6600 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6601 	    && !revins_on
6602 #endif
6603 				      )
6604     {
6605 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6606 	if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
6607 	{
6608 	    oneleft();
6609 	    if (restart_edit != NUL)
6610 		++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
6611 	}
6612 	else
6613 #endif
6614 	{
6615 	    --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6617 	    /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
6618 	    if (has_mbyte)
6619 		mb_adjust_cursor();
6620 #endif
6621 	}
6622     }
6623 
6624 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
6625     /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
6626      * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
6627      * well). */
6628     if (!(State & LANGMAP))
6629 	im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
6630     im_set_active(FALSE);
6631 #endif
6632 
6633     State = NORMAL;
6634     /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
6635     changed_cline_bef_curs();
6636 
6637 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
6638     setmouse();
6639 #endif
6640 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
6641     ui_cursor_shape();		/* may show different cursor shape */
6642 #endif
6643 
6644     /*
6645      * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
6646      * Otherwise remove the mode message.
6647      */
6648     if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
6649 	showmode();
6650     else if (p_smd)
6651 	MSG("");
6652 
6653     return TRUE;	    /* exit Insert mode */
6654 }
6655 
6656 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6657 /*
6658  * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
6659  * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
6660  */
6661     static void
6662 ins_ctrl_()
6663 {
6664     if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
6665     {
6666 	while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
6667 	    ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
6668     }
6669     p_ri = !p_ri;
6670     revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
6671     if (revins_on)
6672     {
6673 	revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6674 	revins_legal++;
6675 	revins_chars = 0;
6676 	undisplay_dollar();
6677     }
6678     else
6679 	revins_scol = -1;
6680 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
6681     if (p_altkeymap)
6682     {
6683 	/*
6684 	 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
6685 	 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
6686 	 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
6687 	 */
6688 	arrow_used = TRUE;
6689 	(void)stop_arrow();
6690 	p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
6691 	if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
6692 	    State = INSERT;
6693     }
6694     else
6695 #endif
6696 	p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;    /* be consistent! */
6697     showmode();
6698 }
6699 #endif
6700 
6701 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6702 /*
6703  * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
6704  * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
6705  */
6706     static int
6707 ins_start_select(c)
6708     int		c;
6709 {
6710     if (km_startsel)
6711 	switch (c)
6712 	{
6713 	    case K_KHOME:
6714 	    case K_KEND:
6715 	    case K_PAGEUP:
6716 	    case K_KPAGEUP:
6717 	    case K_PAGEDOWN:
6718 	    case K_KPAGEDOWN:
6719 # ifdef MACOS
6720 	    case K_LEFT:
6721 	    case K_RIGHT:
6722 	    case K_UP:
6723 	    case K_DOWN:
6724 	    case K_END:
6725 	    case K_HOME:
6726 # endif
6727 		if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
6728 		    break;
6729 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
6730 	    case K_S_LEFT:
6731 	    case K_S_RIGHT:
6732 	    case K_S_UP:
6733 	    case K_S_DOWN:
6734 	    case K_S_END:
6735 	    case K_S_HOME:
6736 		/* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
6737 		 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
6738 		start_selection();
6739 
6740 		/* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
6741 		stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
6742 		if (mod_mask)
6743 		{
6744 		    char_u	    buf[4];
6745 
6746 		    buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
6747 		    buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
6748 		    buf[2] = mod_mask;
6749 		    buf[3] = NUL;
6750 		    stuffReadbuff(buf);
6751 		}
6752 		stuffcharReadbuff(c);
6753 		return TRUE;
6754 	}
6755     return FALSE;
6756 }
6757 #endif
6758 
6759 /*
6760  * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
6761  */
6762     static void
6763 ins_insert(replaceState)
6764     int	    replaceState;
6765 {
6766 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
6767     if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
6768     {
6769 	beep_flush();
6770 	EMSG(farsi_text_3);	/* encoded in Farsi */
6771 	return;
6772     }
6773 #endif
6774 
6775 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6776 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6777     set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
6778 		   (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
6779 			    replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
6780 # endif
6781     apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
6782 #endif
6783     if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6784 	State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
6785     else
6786 	State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
6787     AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
6788     showmode();
6789 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
6790     ui_cursor_shape();		/* may show different cursor shape */
6791 #endif
6792 }
6793 
6794 /*
6795  * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
6796  */
6797     static void
6798 ins_ctrl_o()
6799 {
6800 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6801     if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6802 	restart_edit = 'V';
6803     else
6804 #endif
6805 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6806 	restart_edit = 'R';
6807     else
6808 	restart_edit = 'I';
6809 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6810     if (virtual_active())
6811 	ins_at_eol = FALSE;	/* cursor always keeps its column */
6812     else
6813 #endif
6814 	ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
6815 }
6816 
6817 /*
6818  * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
6819  * shiftwidth.	Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
6820  * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
6821  * with vi.  But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
6822  * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
6823  */
6824     static void
6825 ins_shift(c, lastc)
6826     int	    c;
6827     int	    lastc;
6828 {
6829     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
6830 	return;
6831     AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
6832 
6833     /*
6834      * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
6835      */
6836     if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
6837     {
6838 	--curwin->w_cursor.col;
6839 	(void)del_char(FALSE);		/* delete the '^' or '0' */
6840 	/* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
6841 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6842 	    replace_pop_ins();
6843 	if (lastc == '^')
6844 	    old_indent = get_indent();	/* remember curr. indent */
6845 	change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
6846     }
6847     else
6848 	change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
6849 
6850     if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
6851 	did_ai = FALSE;
6852 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6853     did_si = FALSE;
6854     can_si = FALSE;
6855     can_si_back = FALSE;
6856 #endif
6857 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
6858     can_cindent = FALSE;	/* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
6859 #endif
6860 }
6861 
6862     static void
6863 ins_del()
6864 {
6865     int	    temp;
6866 
6867     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
6868 	return;
6869     if (gchar_cursor() == NUL)		/* delete newline */
6870     {
6871 	temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6872 	if (!can_bs(BS_EOL)		/* only if "eol" included */
6873 		|| u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
6874 		    (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
6875 		|| do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
6876 	    vim_beep();
6877 	else
6878 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
6879     }
6880     else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL)	/* delete char under cursor */
6881 	vim_beep();
6882     did_ai = FALSE;
6883 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6884     did_si = FALSE;
6885     can_si = FALSE;
6886     can_si_back = FALSE;
6887 #endif
6888     AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
6889 }
6890 
6891 /*
6892  * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
6893  * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
6894  */
6895     static int
6896 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
6897     int		c;
6898     int		mode;
6899     int		*inserted_space_p;
6900 {
6901     linenr_T	lnum;
6902     int		cc;
6903     int		temp = 0;	    /* init for GCC */
6904     colnr_T	mincol;
6905     int		did_backspace = FALSE;
6906     int		in_indent;
6907     int		oldState;
6908 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6909     int		p1, p2;
6910 #endif
6911 
6912     /*
6913      * can't delete anything in an empty file
6914      * can't backup past first character in buffer
6915      * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
6916      * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
6917      */
6918     if (       bufempty()
6919 	    || (
6920 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6921 		!revins_on &&
6922 #endif
6923 		((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6924 		    || (!can_bs(BS_START)
6925 			&& (arrow_used
6926 			    || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
6927 				&& curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
6928 		    || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
6929 					 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
6930 		    || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
6931     {
6932 	vim_beep();
6933 	return FALSE;
6934     }
6935 
6936     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
6937 	return FALSE;
6938     in_indent = inindent(0);
6939 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
6940     if (in_indent)
6941 	can_cindent = FALSE;
6942 #endif
6943 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6944     end_comment_pending = NUL;	/* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
6945 #endif
6946 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6947     if (revins_on)	    /* put cursor after last inserted char */
6948 	inc_cursor();
6949 #endif
6950 
6951 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6952     /* Virtualedit:
6953      *	BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
6954      *	BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
6955      *	BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
6956      */
6957     if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
6958     {
6959 	if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
6960 	{
6961 	    --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
6962 	    return TRUE;
6963 	}
6964 	if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
6965 	{
6966 	    curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6967 	    return TRUE;
6968 	}
6969 	curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6970     }
6971 #endif
6972 
6973     /*
6974      * delete newline!
6975      */
6976     if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6977     {
6978 	lnum = Insstart.lnum;
6979 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
6980 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6981 			|| revins_on
6982 #endif
6983 				    )
6984 	{
6985 	    if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
6986 			       (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
6987 		return FALSE;
6988 	    --Insstart.lnum;
6989 	    Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
6990 	}
6991 	/*
6992 	 * In replace mode:
6993 	 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
6994 	 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
6995 	 */
6996 	cc = -1;
6997 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6998 	    cc = replace_pop();	    /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
6999 	/*
7000 	 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
7001 	 * cursor.
7002 	 */
7003 	if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
7004 	{
7005 	    dec_cursor();
7006 	}
7007 	else
7008 	{
7009 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7010 	    if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7011 				   || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
7012 #endif
7013 	    {
7014 		temp = gchar_cursor();	/* remember current char */
7015 		--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7016 
7017 		/* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
7018 		 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
7019 		 * again when auto-formatting. */
7020 		if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
7021 					   && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
7022 		{
7023 		    char_u  *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7024 									TRUE);
7025 		    int	    len;
7026 
7027 		    len = STRLEN(ptr);
7028 		    if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
7029 			ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
7030 		}
7031 
7032 		(void)do_join(FALSE);
7033 		if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
7034 		    inc_cursor();
7035 	    }
7036 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7037 	    else
7038 		dec_cursor();
7039 #endif
7040 
7041 	    /*
7042 	     * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
7043 	     * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
7044 	     * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
7045 	     * characters that NL replaced.
7046 	     */
7047 	    if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
7048 	    {
7049 		/*
7050 		 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
7051 		 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
7052 		 * avoiding showmatch().
7053 		 */
7054 		oldState = State;
7055 		State = NORMAL;
7056 		/*
7057 		 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
7058 		 */
7059 		while (cc > 0)
7060 		{
7061 		    temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7062 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7063 		    mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
7064 #else
7065 		    ins_char(cc);
7066 #endif
7067 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
7068 		    cc = replace_pop();
7069 		}
7070 		/* restore the characters that NL replaced */
7071 		replace_pop_ins();
7072 		State = oldState;
7073 	    }
7074 	}
7075 	did_ai = FALSE;
7076     }
7077     else
7078     {
7079 	/*
7080 	 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
7081 	 */
7082 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7083 	if (revins_on)		/* put cursor on last inserted char */
7084 	    dec_cursor();
7085 #endif
7086 	mincol = 0;
7087 						/* keep indent */
7088 	if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
7089 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7090 		&& !revins_on
7091 #endif
7092 			    )
7093 	{
7094 	    temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7095 	    beginline(BL_WHITE);
7096 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
7097 		mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7098 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
7099 	}
7100 
7101 	/*
7102 	 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
7103 	 */
7104 	if (	   mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
7105 		&& ((p_sta && in_indent)
7106 		    || (curbuf->b_p_sts
7107 			&& (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
7108 			    || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
7109 				&& (!*inserted_space_p
7110 				    || arrow_used))))))
7111 	{
7112 	    int		ts;
7113 	    colnr_T	vcol;
7114 	    colnr_T	want_vcol;
7115 	    int		extra = 0;
7116 
7117 	    *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
7118 	    if (p_sta)
7119 		ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
7120 	    else
7121 		ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
7122 	    /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be.  Since
7123 	     * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
7124 	     * the previous character. */
7125 	    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
7126 	    dec_cursor();
7127 	    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
7128 	    inc_cursor();
7129 	    want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
7130 
7131 	    /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
7132 	    while (vcol > want_vcol
7133 		    && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
7134 	    {
7135 		dec_cursor();
7136 		getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
7137 		if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
7138 		{
7139 		    /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
7140 		     * Replace mode */
7141 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
7142 			    || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
7143 		    {
7144 #if 0	/* what was this for?  It causes problems when sw != ts. */
7145 			if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
7146 			{
7147 			    (void)del_char(FALSE);
7148 			    extra = 2;	/* don't pop too much */
7149 			}
7150 			else
7151 #endif
7152 			    replace_do_bs();
7153 		    }
7154 		}
7155 		else
7156 		    (void)del_char(FALSE);
7157 	    }
7158 
7159 	    /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
7160 	    while (vcol < want_vcol)
7161 	    {
7162 		/* Remember the first char we inserted */
7163 		if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
7164 				   && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
7165 		    Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7166 
7167 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7168 		if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7169 		    ins_char(' ');
7170 		else
7171 #endif
7172 		{
7173 		    ins_str((char_u *)" ");
7174 		    if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
7175 		    {
7176 			if (extra)
7177 			    replace_push_off(NUL);
7178 			else
7179 			    replace_push(NUL);
7180 		    }
7181 		    if (extra == 2)
7182 			extra = 1;
7183 		}
7184 		getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
7185 	    }
7186 	}
7187 
7188 	/*
7189 	 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
7190 	 */
7191 	else do
7192 	{
7193 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7194 	    if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
7195 #endif
7196 		dec_cursor();
7197 
7198 	    /* start of word? */
7199 	    if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
7200 	    {
7201 		mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
7202 		temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
7203 	    }
7204 	    /* end of word? */
7205 	    else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
7206 		    && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
7207 			    || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
7208 	    {
7209 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7210 		if (!revins_on)
7211 #endif
7212 		    inc_cursor();
7213 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7214 		else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
7215 		    dec_cursor();
7216 #endif
7217 		break;
7218 	    }
7219 	    if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
7220 		replace_do_bs();
7221 	    else
7222 	    {
7223 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7224 		if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
7225 		    (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
7226 #endif
7227 		(void)del_char(FALSE);
7228 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7229 		/*
7230 		 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
7231 		 * need to take account of.  Don't back up before the base
7232 		 * character.
7233 		 */
7234 		if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
7235 		    inc_cursor();
7236 #endif
7237 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7238 		if (revins_chars)
7239 		{
7240 		    revins_chars--;
7241 		    revins_legal++;
7242 		}
7243 		if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
7244 		    break;
7245 #endif
7246 	    }
7247 	    /* Just a single backspace?: */
7248 	    if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
7249 		break;
7250 	} while (
7251 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7252 		revins_on ||
7253 #endif
7254 		(curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
7255 		 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
7256 		     || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
7257 	did_backspace = TRUE;
7258     }
7259 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
7260     did_si = FALSE;
7261     can_si = FALSE;
7262     can_si_back = FALSE;
7263 #endif
7264     if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
7265 	did_ai = FALSE;
7266     /*
7267      * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
7268      * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
7269      * with.
7270      */
7271     AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
7272 
7273     /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
7274     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
7275 				       && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
7276 	Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7277 
7278     /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
7279      *		     was there remains visible
7280      * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
7281      *		      was there is erased from the screen.
7282      * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
7283      * displayed even when there isn't.
7284      *  --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
7285     if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
7286 	dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
7287 
7288     return did_backspace;
7289 }
7290 
7291 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
7292     static void
7293 ins_mouse(c)
7294     int	    c;
7295 {
7296     pos_T	tpos;
7297 
7298 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7299     /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
7300     if (!gui.in_use)
7301 # endif
7302 	if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
7303 	    return;
7304 
7305     undisplay_dollar();
7306     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7307     if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
7308     {
7309 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7310 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7311 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7312 # endif
7313     }
7314 
7315 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7316     /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
7317     redraw_statuslines();
7318 #endif
7319 }
7320 
7321     static void
7322 ins_mousescroll(up)
7323     int		up;
7324 {
7325     pos_T	tpos;
7326 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
7327     win_T	*old_curwin;
7328 # endif
7329 
7330     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7331 
7332 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
7333     old_curwin = curwin;
7334 
7335     /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
7336     if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
7337     {
7338 	int row, col;
7339 
7340 	row = mouse_row;
7341 	col = mouse_col;
7342 
7343 	/* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
7344 	curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
7345 	curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
7346     }
7347     if (curwin == old_curwin)
7348 # endif
7349 	undisplay_dollar();
7350 
7351     if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
7352 	scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
7353     else
7354 	scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
7355 
7356 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
7357     curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
7358 
7359     curwin = old_curwin;
7360     curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
7361 # endif
7362 
7363     if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
7364     {
7365 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7366 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7367 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7368 # endif
7369     }
7370 }
7371 #endif
7372 
7373 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7374     void
7375 ins_scroll()
7376 {
7377     pos_T	tpos;
7378 
7379     undisplay_dollar();
7380     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7381     if (gui_do_scroll())
7382     {
7383 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7384 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7385 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7386 # endif
7387     }
7388 }
7389 
7390     void
7391 ins_horscroll()
7392 {
7393     pos_T	tpos;
7394 
7395     undisplay_dollar();
7396     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7397     if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
7398     {
7399 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7400 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7401 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7402 # endif
7403     }
7404 }
7405 #endif
7406 
7407     static void
7408 ins_left()
7409 {
7410     pos_T	tpos;
7411 
7412 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7413     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
7414 	foldOpenCursor();
7415 #endif
7416     undisplay_dollar();
7417     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7418     if (oneleft() == OK)
7419     {
7420 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7421 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7422 	/* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
7423 	if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
7424 	    revins_legal++;
7425 	revins_chars++;
7426 #endif
7427     }
7428 
7429     /*
7430      * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
7431      * previous line
7432      */
7433     else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7434     {
7435 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7436 	--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7437 	coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
7438 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;	/* so we stay at the end */
7439     }
7440     else
7441 	vim_beep();
7442 }
7443 
7444     static void
7445 ins_home(c)
7446     int		c;
7447 {
7448     pos_T	tpos;
7449 
7450 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7451     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
7452 	foldOpenCursor();
7453 #endif
7454     undisplay_dollar();
7455     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7456     if (c == K_C_HOME)
7457 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
7458     curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7459 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7460     curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
7461 #endif
7462     curwin->w_curswant = 0;
7463     start_arrow(&tpos);
7464 }
7465 
7466     static void
7467 ins_end(c)
7468     int		c;
7469 {
7470     pos_T	tpos;
7471 
7472 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7473     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
7474 	foldOpenCursor();
7475 #endif
7476     undisplay_dollar();
7477     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7478     if (c == K_C_END)
7479 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
7480     coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
7481     curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
7482 
7483     start_arrow(&tpos);
7484 }
7485 
7486     static void
7487 ins_s_left()
7488 {
7489 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7490     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
7491 	foldOpenCursor();
7492 #endif
7493     undisplay_dollar();
7494     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
7495     {
7496 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
7497 	(void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
7498 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7499     }
7500     else
7501 	vim_beep();
7502 }
7503 
7504     static void
7505 ins_right()
7506 {
7507 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7508     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
7509 	foldOpenCursor();
7510 #endif
7511     undisplay_dollar();
7512     if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
7513 	    )
7514     {
7515 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
7516 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7517 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7518 	if (virtual_active())
7519 	    oneright();
7520 	else
7521 #endif
7522 	{
7523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7524 	    if (has_mbyte)
7525 		curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
7526 	    else
7527 #endif
7528 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
7529 	}
7530 
7531 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7532 	revins_legal++;
7533 	if (revins_chars)
7534 	    revins_chars--;
7535 #endif
7536     }
7537     /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
7538      * cursor to the next line */
7539     else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
7540 	    && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
7541     {
7542 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
7543 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7544 	++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7545 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7546     }
7547     else
7548 	vim_beep();
7549 }
7550 
7551     static void
7552 ins_s_right()
7553 {
7554 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7555     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
7556 	foldOpenCursor();
7557 #endif
7558     undisplay_dollar();
7559     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7560 	    || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
7561     {
7562 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
7563 	(void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
7564 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7565     }
7566     else
7567 	vim_beep();
7568 }
7569 
7570     static void
7571 ins_up(startcol)
7572     int		startcol;	/* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
7573 {
7574     pos_T	tpos;
7575     linenr_T	old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
7576 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
7577     int		old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
7578 #endif
7579 
7580     undisplay_dollar();
7581     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7582     if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
7583     {
7584 	if (startcol)
7585 	    coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
7586 	if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
7587 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
7588 		|| old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
7589 #endif
7590 		)
7591 	    redraw_later(VALID);
7592 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7593 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7594 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7595 #endif
7596     }
7597     else
7598 	vim_beep();
7599 }
7600 
7601     static void
7602 ins_pageup()
7603 {
7604     pos_T	tpos;
7605 
7606     undisplay_dollar();
7607     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7608     if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
7609     {
7610 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7611 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7612 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7613 #endif
7614     }
7615     else
7616 	vim_beep();
7617 }
7618 
7619     static void
7620 ins_down(startcol)
7621     int		startcol;	/* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
7622 {
7623     pos_T	tpos;
7624     linenr_T	old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
7625 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
7626     int		old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
7627 #endif
7628 
7629     undisplay_dollar();
7630     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7631     if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
7632     {
7633 	if (startcol)
7634 	    coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
7635 	if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
7636 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
7637 		|| old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
7638 #endif
7639 		)
7640 	    redraw_later(VALID);
7641 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7642 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7643 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7644 #endif
7645     }
7646     else
7647 	vim_beep();
7648 }
7649 
7650     static void
7651 ins_pagedown()
7652 {
7653     pos_T	tpos;
7654 
7655     undisplay_dollar();
7656     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7657     if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
7658     {
7659 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7660 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7661 	can_cindent = TRUE;
7662 #endif
7663     }
7664     else
7665 	vim_beep();
7666 }
7667 
7668 #ifdef FEAT_DND
7669     static void
7670 ins_drop()
7671 {
7672     do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
7673 }
7674 #endif
7675 
7676 /*
7677  * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
7678  * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
7679  */
7680     static int
7681 ins_tab()
7682 {
7683     int		ind;
7684     int		i;
7685     int		temp;
7686 
7687     if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
7688 	Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
7689     if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
7690 	return FALSE;
7691 
7692     ind = inindent(0);
7693 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7694     if (ind)
7695 	can_cindent = FALSE;
7696 #endif
7697 
7698     /*
7699      * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
7700      */
7701     if (!curbuf->b_p_et
7702 	    && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
7703 	    && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
7704 	return TRUE;
7705 
7706     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
7707 	return TRUE;
7708 
7709     did_ai = FALSE;
7710 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
7711     did_si = FALSE;
7712     can_si = FALSE;
7713     can_si_back = FALSE;
7714 #endif
7715     AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
7716 
7717     if (p_sta && ind)		/* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
7718 	temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
7719     else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
7720 	temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
7721     else			/* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
7722 	temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
7723     temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
7724 
7725     /*
7726      * Insert the first space with ins_char().	It will delete one char in
7727      * replace mode.  Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
7728      * chars.  For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
7729      */
7730     ins_char(' ');
7731     while (--temp > 0)
7732     {
7733 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7734 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7735 	    ins_char(' ');
7736 	else
7737 #endif
7738 	{
7739 	    ins_str((char_u *)" ");
7740 	    if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)	    /* no char replaced */
7741 		replace_push(NUL);
7742 	}
7743     }
7744 
7745     /*
7746      * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
7747      */
7748     if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
7749     {
7750 	char_u		*ptr;
7751 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7752 	char_u		*saved_line = NULL;	/* init for GCC */
7753 	pos_T		pos;
7754 #endif
7755 	pos_T		fpos;
7756 	pos_T		*cursor;
7757 	colnr_T		want_vcol, vcol;
7758 	int		change_col = -1;
7759 	int		save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
7760 
7761 	/*
7762 	 * Get the current line.  For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
7763 	 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
7764 	 */
7765 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7766 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7767 	{
7768 	    pos = curwin->w_cursor;
7769 	    cursor = &pos;
7770 	    saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
7771 	    if (saved_line == NULL)
7772 		return FALSE;
7773 	    ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
7774 	}
7775 	else
7776 #endif
7777 	{
7778 	    ptr = ml_get_cursor();
7779 	    cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
7780 	}
7781 
7782 	/* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
7783 	if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
7784 	    curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
7785 
7786 	/* Find first white before the cursor */
7787 	fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7788 	while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
7789 	{
7790 	    --fpos.col;
7791 	    --ptr;
7792 	}
7793 
7794 	/* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
7795 	if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
7796 		&& fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
7797 		&& fpos.col < Insstart.col)
7798 	{
7799 	    ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
7800 	    fpos.col = Insstart.col;
7801 	}
7802 
7803 	/* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
7804 	getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
7805 	getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
7806 
7807 	/* Use as many TABs as possible.  Beware of 'showbreak' and
7808 	 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
7809 	while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
7810 	{
7811 	    i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
7812 	    if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
7813 		break;
7814 	    if (*ptr != TAB)
7815 	    {
7816 		*ptr = TAB;
7817 		if (change_col < 0)
7818 		{
7819 		    change_col = fpos.col;  /* Column of first change */
7820 		    /* May have to adjust Insstart */
7821 		    if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
7822 			Insstart.col = fpos.col;
7823 		}
7824 	    }
7825 	    ++fpos.col;
7826 	    ++ptr;
7827 	    vcol += i;
7828 	}
7829 
7830 	if (change_col >= 0)
7831 	{
7832 	    int repl_off = 0;
7833 
7834 	    /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
7835 	    while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
7836 	    {
7837 		vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
7838 		++ptr;
7839 		++repl_off;
7840 	    }
7841 	    if (vcol > want_vcol)
7842 	    {
7843 		/* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
7844 		--ptr;
7845 		--repl_off;
7846 	    }
7847 	    fpos.col += repl_off;
7848 
7849 	    /* Delete following spaces. */
7850 	    i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
7851 	    if (i > 0)
7852 	    {
7853 		mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
7854 		/* correct replace stack. */
7855 		if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
7856 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7857 			&& !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7858 #endif
7859 			)
7860 		    for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
7861 			replace_join(repl_off);
7862 	    }
7863 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
7864 	    if (usingNetbeans)
7865 	    {
7866 		netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
7867 							       (long)(i + 1));
7868 		netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
7869 							   (char_u *)"\t", 1);
7870 	    }
7871 #endif
7872 	    cursor->col -= i;
7873 
7874 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7875 	    /*
7876 	     * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet.  Do it now by
7877 	     * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
7878 	     * spacing.
7879 	     */
7880 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7881 	    {
7882 		/* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
7883 		backspace_until_column(change_col);
7884 
7885 		/* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
7886 		 * ptr-cursor */
7887 		ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
7888 						    cursor->col - change_col);
7889 	    }
7890 #endif
7891 	}
7892 
7893 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7894 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7895 	    vim_free(saved_line);
7896 #endif
7897 	curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
7898     }
7899 
7900     return FALSE;
7901 }
7902 
7903 /*
7904  * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
7905  * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
7906  */
7907     static int
7908 ins_eol(c)
7909     int		c;
7910 {
7911     int	    i;
7912 
7913     if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
7914 	return FALSE;
7915     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
7916 	return TRUE;
7917     undisplay_dollar();
7918 
7919     /*
7920      * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
7921      * character under the cursor.  Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
7922      * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
7923      */
7924     if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
7925 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7926 	    && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7927 #endif
7928 	    )
7929 	replace_push(NUL);
7930 
7931     /*
7932      * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
7933      * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
7934      * line onto the replace stack.  This is not done here though, it is done
7935      * in open_line().
7936      */
7937 
7938 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7939 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
7940     if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
7941 	fkmap(NL);
7942 # endif
7943     /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
7944      * current line. */
7945     if (revins_on)
7946 	curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
7947 #endif
7948 
7949     AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
7950     i = open_line(FORWARD,
7951 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
7952 	    has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
7953 #endif
7954 	    0, old_indent);
7955     old_indent = 0;
7956 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7957     can_cindent = TRUE;
7958 #endif
7959 
7960     return (!i);
7961 }
7962 
7963 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
7964 /*
7965  * Handle digraph in insert mode.
7966  * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
7967  * done.
7968  */
7969     static int
7970 ins_digraph()
7971 {
7972     int	    c;
7973     int	    cc;
7974 
7975     pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
7976     if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
7977     {
7978 	/* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
7979 	ins_redraw();
7980 
7981 	edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
7982 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7983 	add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
7984 #endif
7985     }
7986 
7987 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
7988     dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
7989 #endif
7990 
7991     /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
7992      * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
7993     ++no_mapping;
7994     ++allow_keys;
7995     c = safe_vgetc();
7996     --no_mapping;
7997     --allow_keys;
7998     if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask)	    /* special key */
7999     {
8000 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8001 	clear_showcmd();
8002 #endif
8003 	insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
8004 	return NUL;
8005     }
8006     if (c != ESC)
8007     {
8008 	if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
8009 	{
8010 	    /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
8011 	    ins_redraw();
8012 
8013 	    if (char2cells(c) == 1)
8014 	    {
8015 		/* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
8016 		 * an ESC next */
8017 		edit_unputchar();
8018 		ins_redraw();
8019 		edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
8020 	    }
8021 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8022 	    add_to_showcmd_c(c);
8023 #endif
8024 	}
8025 	++no_mapping;
8026 	++allow_keys;
8027 	cc = safe_vgetc();
8028 	--no_mapping;
8029 	--allow_keys;
8030 	if (cc != ESC)
8031 	{
8032 	    AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
8033 	    c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
8034 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8035 	    clear_showcmd();
8036 #endif
8037 	    return c;
8038 	}
8039     }
8040     edit_unputchar();
8041 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8042     clear_showcmd();
8043 #endif
8044     return NUL;
8045 }
8046 #endif
8047 
8048 /*
8049  * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
8050  * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
8051  */
8052     static int
8053 ins_copychar(lnum)
8054     linenr_T	lnum;
8055 {
8056     int	    c;
8057     int	    temp;
8058     char_u  *ptr, *prev_ptr;
8059 
8060     if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
8061     {
8062 	vim_beep();
8063 	return NUL;
8064     }
8065 
8066     /* try to advance to the cursor column */
8067     temp = 0;
8068     ptr = ml_get(lnum);
8069     prev_ptr = ptr;
8070     validate_virtcol();
8071     while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
8072     {
8073 	prev_ptr = ptr;
8074 	temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
8075     }
8076     if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
8077 	ptr = prev_ptr;
8078 
8079 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8080     c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
8081 #else
8082     c = *ptr;
8083 #endif
8084     if (c == NUL)
8085 	vim_beep();
8086     return c;
8087 }
8088 
8089 /*
8090  * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
8091  */
8092     static int
8093 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
8094     int	    tc;
8095 {
8096     int	    c = tc;
8097 
8098 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8099     if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
8100     {
8101 	if (c == Ctrl_Y)
8102 	    scrolldown_clamp();
8103 	else
8104 	    scrollup_clamp();
8105 	redraw_later(VALID);
8106     }
8107     else
8108 #endif
8109     {
8110 	c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
8111 	if (c != NUL)
8112 	{
8113 	    long	tw_save;
8114 
8115 	    /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
8116 	     * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
8117 	     * wasn't set.  Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
8118 	     * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
8119 	    if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
8120 		AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);	/* CTRL-V */
8121 	    tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
8122 	    curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
8123 	    insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
8124 	    curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
8125 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8126 	    revins_chars++;
8127 	    revins_legal++;
8128 #endif
8129 	    c = Ctrl_V;	/* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
8130 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
8131 	}
8132     }
8133     return c;
8134 }
8135 
8136 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8137 /*
8138  * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
8139  * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
8140  */
8141     static void
8142 ins_try_si(c)
8143     int	    c;
8144 {
8145     pos_T	*pos, old_pos;
8146     char_u	*ptr;
8147     int		i;
8148     int		temp;
8149 
8150     /*
8151      * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
8152      */
8153     if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
8154     {
8155 	/*
8156 	 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
8157 	 */
8158 	if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
8159 	{
8160 	    old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8161 	    /*
8162 	     * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
8163 	     * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
8164 	     * containing the matching '(' if there is one.  This handles the
8165 	     * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
8166 	     * lines -- webb
8167 	     */
8168 	    ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
8169 	    i = pos->col;
8170 	    if (i > 0)		/* skip blanks before '{' */
8171 		while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
8172 		    ;
8173 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8174 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
8175 	    if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
8176 		curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
8177 	    i = get_indent();
8178 	    curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
8179 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8180 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8181 		change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
8182 	    else
8183 #endif
8184 		(void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
8185 	}
8186 	else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8187 	{
8188 	    /*
8189 	     * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
8190 	     * more than indent of previous line
8191 	     */
8192 	    temp = TRUE;
8193 	    if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
8194 	    {
8195 		old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8196 		i = get_indent();
8197 		while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
8198 		{
8199 		    ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
8200 
8201 		    /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
8202 		    if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
8203 			break;
8204 		}
8205 		if (get_indent() >= i)
8206 		    temp = FALSE;
8207 		curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
8208 	    }
8209 	    if (temp)
8210 		shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
8211 	}
8212     }
8213 
8214     /*
8215      * set indent of '#' always to 0
8216      */
8217     if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
8218     {
8219 	/* remember current indent for next line */
8220 	old_indent = get_indent();
8221 	(void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
8222     }
8223 
8224     /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
8225     if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
8226 	ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8227 }
8228 #endif
8229 
8230 /*
8231  * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
8232  * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
8233  */
8234     static colnr_T
8235 get_nolist_virtcol()
8236 {
8237     if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
8238 	return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
8239     validate_virtcol();
8240     return curwin->w_virtcol;
8241 }
8242